]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /* Symbol table lookup for the GNU debugger, GDB. | |
2 | ||
3 | Copyright (C) 1986-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | ||
5 | This file is part of GDB. | |
6 | ||
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
10 | (at your option) any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ | |
19 | ||
20 | #include "defs.h" | |
21 | #include "symtab.h" | |
22 | #include "gdbtypes.h" | |
23 | #include "gdbcore.h" | |
24 | #include "frame.h" | |
25 | #include "target.h" | |
26 | #include "value.h" | |
27 | #include "symfile.h" | |
28 | #include "objfiles.h" | |
29 | #include "gdbcmd.h" | |
30 | #include "gdb_regex.h" | |
31 | #include "expression.h" | |
32 | #include "language.h" | |
33 | #include "demangle.h" | |
34 | #include "inferior.h" | |
35 | #include "source.h" | |
36 | #include "filenames.h" /* for FILENAME_CMP */ | |
37 | #include "objc-lang.h" | |
38 | #include "d-lang.h" | |
39 | #include "ada-lang.h" | |
40 | #include "go-lang.h" | |
41 | #include "p-lang.h" | |
42 | #include "addrmap.h" | |
43 | #include "cli/cli-utils.h" | |
44 | #include "cli/cli-style.h" | |
45 | #include "fnmatch.h" | |
46 | #include "hashtab.h" | |
47 | #include "typeprint.h" | |
48 | ||
49 | #include "gdb_obstack.h" | |
50 | #include "block.h" | |
51 | #include "dictionary.h" | |
52 | ||
53 | #include <sys/types.h> | |
54 | #include <fcntl.h> | |
55 | #include <sys/stat.h> | |
56 | #include <ctype.h> | |
57 | #include "cp-abi.h" | |
58 | #include "cp-support.h" | |
59 | #include "observable.h" | |
60 | #include "solist.h" | |
61 | #include "macrotab.h" | |
62 | #include "macroscope.h" | |
63 | ||
64 | #include "parser-defs.h" | |
65 | #include "completer.h" | |
66 | #include "progspace-and-thread.h" | |
67 | #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h" | |
68 | #include "filename-seen-cache.h" | |
69 | #include "arch-utils.h" | |
70 | #include <algorithm> | |
71 | #include "gdbsupport/gdb_string_view.h" | |
72 | #include "gdbsupport/pathstuff.h" | |
73 | #include "gdbsupport/common-utils.h" | |
74 | ||
75 | /* Forward declarations for local functions. */ | |
76 | ||
77 | static void rbreak_command (const char *, int); | |
78 | ||
79 | static int find_line_common (struct linetable *, int, int *, int); | |
80 | ||
81 | static struct block_symbol | |
82 | lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, | |
83 | symbol_name_match_type match_type, | |
84 | const struct block *block, | |
85 | const domain_enum domain, | |
86 | enum language language, | |
87 | struct field_of_this_result *); | |
88 | ||
89 | static | |
90 | struct block_symbol lookup_local_symbol (const char *name, | |
91 | symbol_name_match_type match_type, | |
92 | const struct block *block, | |
93 | const domain_enum domain, | |
94 | enum language language); | |
95 | ||
96 | static struct block_symbol | |
97 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, | |
98 | enum block_enum block_index, | |
99 | const char *name, const domain_enum domain); | |
100 | ||
101 | /* Type of the data stored on the program space. */ | |
102 | ||
103 | struct main_info | |
104 | { | |
105 | main_info () = default; | |
106 | ||
107 | ~main_info () | |
108 | { | |
109 | xfree (name_of_main); | |
110 | } | |
111 | ||
112 | /* Name of "main". */ | |
113 | ||
114 | char *name_of_main = nullptr; | |
115 | ||
116 | /* Language of "main". */ | |
117 | ||
118 | enum language language_of_main = language_unknown; | |
119 | }; | |
120 | ||
121 | /* Program space key for finding name and language of "main". */ | |
122 | ||
123 | static const program_space_key<main_info> main_progspace_key; | |
124 | ||
125 | /* The default symbol cache size. | |
126 | There is no extra cpu cost for large N (except when flushing the cache, | |
127 | which is rare). The value here is just a first attempt. A better default | |
128 | value may be higher or lower. A prime number can make up for a bad hash | |
129 | computation, so that's why the number is what it is. */ | |
130 | #define DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE 1021 | |
131 | ||
132 | /* The maximum symbol cache size. | |
133 | There's no method to the decision of what value to use here, other than | |
134 | there's no point in allowing a user typo to make gdb consume all memory. */ | |
135 | #define MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE (1024*1024) | |
136 | ||
137 | /* symbol_cache_lookup returns this if a previous lookup failed to find the | |
138 | symbol in any objfile. */ | |
139 | #define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED \ | |
140 | ((struct block_symbol) {(struct symbol *) 1, NULL}) | |
141 | #define SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P(SIB) (SIB.symbol == (struct symbol *) 1) | |
142 | ||
143 | /* Recording lookups that don't find the symbol is just as important, if not | |
144 | more so, than recording found symbols. */ | |
145 | ||
146 | enum symbol_cache_slot_state | |
147 | { | |
148 | SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED, | |
149 | SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND, | |
150 | SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND | |
151 | }; | |
152 | ||
153 | struct symbol_cache_slot | |
154 | { | |
155 | enum symbol_cache_slot_state state; | |
156 | ||
157 | /* The objfile that was current when the symbol was looked up. | |
158 | This is only needed for global blocks, but for simplicity's sake | |
159 | we allocate the space for both. If data shows the extra space used | |
160 | for static blocks is a problem, we can split things up then. | |
161 | ||
162 | Global blocks need cache lookup to include the objfile context because | |
163 | we need to account for gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order | |
164 | which can traverse objfiles in, effectively, any order, depending on | |
165 | the current objfile, thus affecting which symbol is found. Normally, | |
166 | only the current objfile is searched first, and then the rest are | |
167 | searched in recorded order; but putting cache lookup inside | |
168 | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order would be awkward. | |
169 | Instead we just make the current objfile part of the context of | |
170 | cache lookup. This means we can record the same symbol multiple times, | |
171 | each with a different "current objfile" that was in effect when the | |
172 | lookup was saved in the cache, but cache space is pretty cheap. */ | |
173 | const struct objfile *objfile_context; | |
174 | ||
175 | union | |
176 | { | |
177 | struct block_symbol found; | |
178 | struct | |
179 | { | |
180 | char *name; | |
181 | domain_enum domain; | |
182 | } not_found; | |
183 | } value; | |
184 | }; | |
185 | ||
186 | /* Clear out SLOT. */ | |
187 | ||
188 | static void | |
189 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (struct symbol_cache_slot *slot) | |
190 | { | |
191 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | |
192 | xfree (slot->value.not_found.name); | |
193 | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED; | |
194 | } | |
195 | ||
196 | /* Symbols don't specify global vs static block. | |
197 | So keep them in separate caches. */ | |
198 | ||
199 | struct block_symbol_cache | |
200 | { | |
201 | unsigned int hits; | |
202 | unsigned int misses; | |
203 | unsigned int collisions; | |
204 | ||
205 | /* SYMBOLS is a variable length array of this size. | |
206 | One can imagine that in general one cache (global/static) should be a | |
207 | fraction of the size of the other, but there's no data at the moment | |
208 | on which to decide. */ | |
209 | unsigned int size; | |
210 | ||
211 | struct symbol_cache_slot symbols[1]; | |
212 | }; | |
213 | ||
214 | /* Clear all slots of BSC and free BSC. */ | |
215 | ||
216 | static void | |
217 | destroy_block_symbol_cache (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc) | |
218 | { | |
219 | if (bsc != nullptr) | |
220 | { | |
221 | for (unsigned int i = 0; i < bsc->size; i++) | |
222 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]); | |
223 | xfree (bsc); | |
224 | } | |
225 | } | |
226 | ||
227 | /* The symbol cache. | |
228 | ||
229 | Searching for symbols in the static and global blocks over multiple objfiles | |
230 | again and again can be slow, as can searching very big objfiles. This is a | |
231 | simple cache to improve symbol lookup performance, which is critical to | |
232 | overall gdb performance. | |
233 | ||
234 | Symbols are hashed on the name, its domain, and block. | |
235 | They are also hashed on their objfile for objfile-specific lookups. */ | |
236 | ||
237 | struct symbol_cache | |
238 | { | |
239 | symbol_cache () = default; | |
240 | ||
241 | ~symbol_cache () | |
242 | { | |
243 | destroy_block_symbol_cache (global_symbols); | |
244 | destroy_block_symbol_cache (static_symbols); | |
245 | } | |
246 | ||
247 | struct block_symbol_cache *global_symbols = nullptr; | |
248 | struct block_symbol_cache *static_symbols = nullptr; | |
249 | }; | |
250 | ||
251 | /* Program space key for finding its symbol cache. */ | |
252 | ||
253 | static const program_space_key<symbol_cache> symbol_cache_key; | |
254 | ||
255 | /* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symtab creation. */ | |
256 | unsigned int symtab_create_debug = 0; | |
257 | ||
258 | /* When non-zero, print debugging messages related to symbol lookup. */ | |
259 | unsigned int symbol_lookup_debug = 0; | |
260 | ||
261 | /* The size of the cache is staged here. */ | |
262 | static unsigned int new_symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE; | |
263 | ||
264 | /* The current value of the symbol cache size. | |
265 | This is saved so that if the user enters a value too big we can restore | |
266 | the original value from here. */ | |
267 | static unsigned int symbol_cache_size = DEFAULT_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE; | |
268 | ||
269 | /* True if a file may be known by two different basenames. | |
270 | This is the uncommon case, and significantly slows down gdb. | |
271 | Default set to "off" to not slow down the common case. */ | |
272 | bool basenames_may_differ = false; | |
273 | ||
274 | /* Allow the user to configure the debugger behavior with respect | |
275 | to multiple-choice menus when more than one symbol matches during | |
276 | a symbol lookup. */ | |
277 | ||
278 | const char multiple_symbols_ask[] = "ask"; | |
279 | const char multiple_symbols_all[] = "all"; | |
280 | const char multiple_symbols_cancel[] = "cancel"; | |
281 | static const char *const multiple_symbols_modes[] = | |
282 | { | |
283 | multiple_symbols_ask, | |
284 | multiple_symbols_all, | |
285 | multiple_symbols_cancel, | |
286 | NULL | |
287 | }; | |
288 | static const char *multiple_symbols_mode = multiple_symbols_all; | |
289 | ||
290 | /* Read-only accessor to AUTO_SELECT_MODE. */ | |
291 | ||
292 | const char * | |
293 | multiple_symbols_select_mode (void) | |
294 | { | |
295 | return multiple_symbols_mode; | |
296 | } | |
297 | ||
298 | /* Return the name of a domain_enum. */ | |
299 | ||
300 | const char * | |
301 | domain_name (domain_enum e) | |
302 | { | |
303 | switch (e) | |
304 | { | |
305 | case UNDEF_DOMAIN: return "UNDEF_DOMAIN"; | |
306 | case VAR_DOMAIN: return "VAR_DOMAIN"; | |
307 | case STRUCT_DOMAIN: return "STRUCT_DOMAIN"; | |
308 | case MODULE_DOMAIN: return "MODULE_DOMAIN"; | |
309 | case LABEL_DOMAIN: return "LABEL_DOMAIN"; | |
310 | case COMMON_BLOCK_DOMAIN: return "COMMON_BLOCK_DOMAIN"; | |
311 | default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad domain_enum"); | |
312 | } | |
313 | } | |
314 | ||
315 | /* Return the name of a search_domain . */ | |
316 | ||
317 | const char * | |
318 | search_domain_name (enum search_domain e) | |
319 | { | |
320 | switch (e) | |
321 | { | |
322 | case VARIABLES_DOMAIN: return "VARIABLES_DOMAIN"; | |
323 | case FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN: return "FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN"; | |
324 | case TYPES_DOMAIN: return "TYPES_DOMAIN"; | |
325 | case MODULES_DOMAIN: return "MODULES_DOMAIN"; | |
326 | case ALL_DOMAIN: return "ALL_DOMAIN"; | |
327 | default: gdb_assert_not_reached ("bad search_domain"); | |
328 | } | |
329 | } | |
330 | ||
331 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
332 | ||
333 | struct symtab * | |
334 | compunit_primary_filetab (const struct compunit_symtab *cust) | |
335 | { | |
336 | gdb_assert (COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust) != NULL); | |
337 | ||
338 | /* The primary file symtab is the first one in the list. */ | |
339 | return COMPUNIT_FILETABS (cust); | |
340 | } | |
341 | ||
342 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
343 | ||
344 | enum language | |
345 | compunit_language (const struct compunit_symtab *cust) | |
346 | { | |
347 | struct symtab *symtab = compunit_primary_filetab (cust); | |
348 | ||
349 | /* The language of the compunit symtab is the language of its primary | |
350 | source file. */ | |
351 | return SYMTAB_LANGUAGE (symtab); | |
352 | } | |
353 | ||
354 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
355 | ||
356 | bool | |
357 | minimal_symbol::data_p () const | |
358 | { | |
359 | return type == mst_data | |
360 | || type == mst_bss | |
361 | || type == mst_abs | |
362 | || type == mst_file_data | |
363 | || type == mst_file_bss; | |
364 | } | |
365 | ||
366 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
367 | ||
368 | bool | |
369 | minimal_symbol::text_p () const | |
370 | { | |
371 | return type == mst_text | |
372 | || type == mst_text_gnu_ifunc | |
373 | || type == mst_data_gnu_ifunc | |
374 | || type == mst_slot_got_plt | |
375 | || type == mst_solib_trampoline | |
376 | || type == mst_file_text; | |
377 | } | |
378 | ||
379 | /* See whether FILENAME matches SEARCH_NAME using the rule that we | |
380 | advertise to the user. (The manual's description of linespecs | |
381 | describes what we advertise). Returns true if they match, false | |
382 | otherwise. */ | |
383 | ||
384 | bool | |
385 | compare_filenames_for_search (const char *filename, const char *search_name) | |
386 | { | |
387 | int len = strlen (filename); | |
388 | size_t search_len = strlen (search_name); | |
389 | ||
390 | if (len < search_len) | |
391 | return false; | |
392 | ||
393 | /* The tail of FILENAME must match. */ | |
394 | if (FILENAME_CMP (filename + len - search_len, search_name) != 0) | |
395 | return false; | |
396 | ||
397 | /* Either the names must completely match, or the character | |
398 | preceding the trailing SEARCH_NAME segment of FILENAME must be a | |
399 | directory separator. | |
400 | ||
401 | The check !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH ensures SEARCH_NAME "/dir/file.c" | |
402 | cannot match FILENAME "/path//dir/file.c" - as user has requested | |
403 | absolute path. The sama applies for "c:\file.c" possibly | |
404 | incorrectly hypothetically matching "d:\dir\c:\file.c". | |
405 | ||
406 | The HAS_DRIVE_SPEC purpose is to make FILENAME "c:file.c" | |
407 | compatible with SEARCH_NAME "file.c". In such case a compiler had | |
408 | to put the "c:file.c" name into debug info. Such compatibility | |
409 | works only on GDB built for DOS host. */ | |
410 | return (len == search_len | |
411 | || (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (search_name) | |
412 | && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (filename[len - search_len - 1])) | |
413 | || (HAS_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) | |
414 | && STRIP_DRIVE_SPEC (filename) == &filename[len - search_len])); | |
415 | } | |
416 | ||
417 | /* Same as compare_filenames_for_search, but for glob-style patterns. | |
418 | Heads up on the order of the arguments. They match the order of | |
419 | compare_filenames_for_search, but it's the opposite of the order of | |
420 | arguments to gdb_filename_fnmatch. */ | |
421 | ||
422 | bool | |
423 | compare_glob_filenames_for_search (const char *filename, | |
424 | const char *search_name) | |
425 | { | |
426 | /* We rely on the property of glob-style patterns with FNM_FILE_NAME that | |
427 | all /s have to be explicitly specified. */ | |
428 | int file_path_elements = count_path_elements (filename); | |
429 | int search_path_elements = count_path_elements (search_name); | |
430 | ||
431 | if (search_path_elements > file_path_elements) | |
432 | return false; | |
433 | ||
434 | if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (search_name)) | |
435 | { | |
436 | return (search_path_elements == file_path_elements | |
437 | && gdb_filename_fnmatch (search_name, filename, | |
438 | FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0); | |
439 | } | |
440 | ||
441 | { | |
442 | const char *file_to_compare | |
443 | = strip_leading_path_elements (filename, | |
444 | file_path_elements - search_path_elements); | |
445 | ||
446 | return gdb_filename_fnmatch (search_name, file_to_compare, | |
447 | FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_NOESCAPE) == 0; | |
448 | } | |
449 | } | |
450 | ||
451 | /* Check for a symtab of a specific name by searching some symtabs. | |
452 | This is a helper function for callbacks of iterate_over_symtabs. | |
453 | ||
454 | If NAME is not absolute, then REAL_PATH is NULL | |
455 | If NAME is absolute, then REAL_PATH is the gdb_realpath form of NAME. | |
456 | ||
457 | The return value, NAME, REAL_PATH and CALLBACK are identical to the | |
458 | `map_symtabs_matching_filename' method of quick_symbol_functions. | |
459 | ||
460 | FIRST and AFTER_LAST indicate the range of compunit symtabs to search. | |
461 | Each symtab within the specified compunit symtab is also searched. | |
462 | AFTER_LAST is one past the last compunit symtab to search; NULL means to | |
463 | search until the end of the list. */ | |
464 | ||
465 | bool | |
466 | iterate_over_some_symtabs (const char *name, | |
467 | const char *real_path, | |
468 | struct compunit_symtab *first, | |
469 | struct compunit_symtab *after_last, | |
470 | gdb::function_view<bool (symtab *)> callback) | |
471 | { | |
472 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | |
473 | const char* base_name = lbasename (name); | |
474 | ||
475 | for (cust = first; cust != NULL && cust != after_last; cust = cust->next) | |
476 | { | |
477 | for (symtab *s : compunit_filetabs (cust)) | |
478 | { | |
479 | if (compare_filenames_for_search (s->filename, name)) | |
480 | { | |
481 | if (callback (s)) | |
482 | return true; | |
483 | continue; | |
484 | } | |
485 | ||
486 | /* Before we invoke realpath, which can get expensive when many | |
487 | files are involved, do a quick comparison of the basenames. */ | |
488 | if (! basenames_may_differ | |
489 | && FILENAME_CMP (base_name, lbasename (s->filename)) != 0) | |
490 | continue; | |
491 | ||
492 | if (compare_filenames_for_search (symtab_to_fullname (s), name)) | |
493 | { | |
494 | if (callback (s)) | |
495 | return true; | |
496 | continue; | |
497 | } | |
498 | ||
499 | /* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in | |
500 | this symtab and use its absolute path. */ | |
501 | if (real_path != NULL) | |
502 | { | |
503 | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s); | |
504 | ||
505 | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path)); | |
506 | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name)); | |
507 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> fullname_real_path | |
508 | = gdb_realpath (fullname); | |
509 | fullname = fullname_real_path.get (); | |
510 | if (FILENAME_CMP (real_path, fullname) == 0) | |
511 | { | |
512 | if (callback (s)) | |
513 | return true; | |
514 | continue; | |
515 | } | |
516 | } | |
517 | } | |
518 | } | |
519 | ||
520 | return false; | |
521 | } | |
522 | ||
523 | /* Check for a symtab of a specific name; first in symtabs, then in | |
524 | psymtabs. *If* there is no '/' in the name, a match after a '/' | |
525 | in the symtab filename will also work. | |
526 | ||
527 | Calls CALLBACK with each symtab that is found. If CALLBACK returns | |
528 | true, the search stops. */ | |
529 | ||
530 | void | |
531 | iterate_over_symtabs (const char *name, | |
532 | gdb::function_view<bool (symtab *)> callback) | |
533 | { | |
534 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> real_path; | |
535 | ||
536 | /* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not | |
537 | absolutizing a relative path. */ | |
538 | if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name)) | |
539 | { | |
540 | real_path = gdb_realpath (name); | |
541 | gdb_assert (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (real_path.get ())); | |
542 | } | |
543 | ||
544 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
545 | { | |
546 | if (iterate_over_some_symtabs (name, real_path.get (), | |
547 | objfile->compunit_symtabs, NULL, | |
548 | callback)) | |
549 | return; | |
550 | } | |
551 | ||
552 | /* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look thru the | |
553 | psymtabs. */ | |
554 | ||
555 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
556 | { | |
557 | if (objfile->sf | |
558 | && objfile->sf->qf->map_symtabs_matching_filename (objfile, | |
559 | name, | |
560 | real_path.get (), | |
561 | callback)) | |
562 | return; | |
563 | } | |
564 | } | |
565 | ||
566 | /* A wrapper for iterate_over_symtabs that returns the first matching | |
567 | symtab, or NULL. */ | |
568 | ||
569 | struct symtab * | |
570 | lookup_symtab (const char *name) | |
571 | { | |
572 | struct symtab *result = NULL; | |
573 | ||
574 | iterate_over_symtabs (name, [&] (symtab *symtab) | |
575 | { | |
576 | result = symtab; | |
577 | return true; | |
578 | }); | |
579 | ||
580 | return result; | |
581 | } | |
582 | ||
583 | \f | |
584 | /* Mangle a GDB method stub type. This actually reassembles the pieces of the | |
585 | full method name, which consist of the class name (from T), the unadorned | |
586 | method name from METHOD_ID, and the signature for the specific overload, | |
587 | specified by SIGNATURE_ID. Note that this function is g++ specific. */ | |
588 | ||
589 | char * | |
590 | gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id) | |
591 | { | |
592 | int mangled_name_len; | |
593 | char *mangled_name; | |
594 | struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, method_id); | |
595 | struct fn_field *method = &f[signature_id]; | |
596 | const char *field_name = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, method_id); | |
597 | const char *physname = TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, signature_id); | |
598 | const char *newname = TYPE_NAME (type); | |
599 | ||
600 | /* Does the form of physname indicate that it is the full mangled name | |
601 | of a constructor (not just the args)? */ | |
602 | int is_full_physname_constructor; | |
603 | ||
604 | int is_constructor; | |
605 | int is_destructor = is_destructor_name (physname); | |
606 | /* Need a new type prefix. */ | |
607 | const char *const_prefix = method->is_const ? "C" : ""; | |
608 | const char *volatile_prefix = method->is_volatile ? "V" : ""; | |
609 | char buf[20]; | |
610 | int len = (newname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (newname)); | |
611 | ||
612 | /* Nothing to do if physname already contains a fully mangled v3 abi name | |
613 | or an operator name. */ | |
614 | if ((physname[0] == '_' && physname[1] == 'Z') | |
615 | || is_operator_name (field_name)) | |
616 | return xstrdup (physname); | |
617 | ||
618 | is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname); | |
619 | ||
620 | is_constructor = is_full_physname_constructor | |
621 | || (newname && strcmp (field_name, newname) == 0); | |
622 | ||
623 | if (!is_destructor) | |
624 | is_destructor = (startswith (physname, "__dt")); | |
625 | ||
626 | if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor) | |
627 | { | |
628 | mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (physname) + 1); | |
629 | strcpy (mangled_name, physname); | |
630 | return mangled_name; | |
631 | } | |
632 | ||
633 | if (len == 0) | |
634 | { | |
635 | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix); | |
636 | } | |
637 | else if (physname[0] == 't' || physname[0] == 'Q') | |
638 | { | |
639 | /* The physname for template and qualified methods already includes | |
640 | the class name. */ | |
641 | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix); | |
642 | newname = NULL; | |
643 | len = 0; | |
644 | } | |
645 | else | |
646 | { | |
647 | xsnprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "__%s%s%d", const_prefix, | |
648 | volatile_prefix, len); | |
649 | } | |
650 | mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (field_name)) | |
651 | + strlen (buf) + len + strlen (physname) + 1); | |
652 | ||
653 | mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len); | |
654 | if (is_constructor) | |
655 | mangled_name[0] = '\0'; | |
656 | else | |
657 | strcpy (mangled_name, field_name); | |
658 | ||
659 | strcat (mangled_name, buf); | |
660 | /* If the class doesn't have a name, i.e. newname NULL, then we just | |
661 | mangle it using 0 for the length of the class. Thus it gets mangled | |
662 | as something starting with `::' rather than `classname::'. */ | |
663 | if (newname != NULL) | |
664 | strcat (mangled_name, newname); | |
665 | ||
666 | strcat (mangled_name, physname); | |
667 | return (mangled_name); | |
668 | } | |
669 | ||
670 | /* Set the demangled name of GSYMBOL to NAME. NAME must be already | |
671 | correctly allocated. */ | |
672 | ||
673 | void | |
674 | symbol_set_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, | |
675 | const char *name, | |
676 | struct obstack *obstack) | |
677 | { | |
678 | if (gsymbol->language () == language_ada) | |
679 | { | |
680 | if (name == NULL) | |
681 | { | |
682 | gsymbol->ada_mangled = 0; | |
683 | gsymbol->language_specific.obstack = obstack; | |
684 | } | |
685 | else | |
686 | { | |
687 | gsymbol->ada_mangled = 1; | |
688 | gsymbol->language_specific.demangled_name = name; | |
689 | } | |
690 | } | |
691 | else | |
692 | gsymbol->language_specific.demangled_name = name; | |
693 | } | |
694 | ||
695 | /* Return the demangled name of GSYMBOL. */ | |
696 | ||
697 | const char * | |
698 | symbol_get_demangled_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol) | |
699 | { | |
700 | if (gsymbol->language () == language_ada) | |
701 | { | |
702 | if (!gsymbol->ada_mangled) | |
703 | return NULL; | |
704 | /* Fall through. */ | |
705 | } | |
706 | ||
707 | return gsymbol->language_specific.demangled_name; | |
708 | } | |
709 | ||
710 | \f | |
711 | /* Initialize the language dependent portion of a symbol | |
712 | depending upon the language for the symbol. */ | |
713 | ||
714 | void | |
715 | general_symbol_info::set_language (enum language language, | |
716 | struct obstack *obstack) | |
717 | { | |
718 | m_language = language; | |
719 | if (language == language_cplus | |
720 | || language == language_d | |
721 | || language == language_go | |
722 | || language == language_objc | |
723 | || language == language_fortran) | |
724 | { | |
725 | symbol_set_demangled_name (this, NULL, obstack); | |
726 | } | |
727 | else if (language == language_ada) | |
728 | { | |
729 | gdb_assert (ada_mangled == 0); | |
730 | language_specific.obstack = obstack; | |
731 | } | |
732 | else | |
733 | { | |
734 | memset (&language_specific, 0, sizeof (language_specific)); | |
735 | } | |
736 | } | |
737 | ||
738 | /* Functions to initialize a symbol's mangled name. */ | |
739 | ||
740 | /* Objects of this type are stored in the demangled name hash table. */ | |
741 | struct demangled_name_entry | |
742 | { | |
743 | demangled_name_entry (gdb::string_view mangled_name) | |
744 | : mangled (mangled_name) {} | |
745 | ||
746 | gdb::string_view mangled; | |
747 | enum language language; | |
748 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled; | |
749 | }; | |
750 | ||
751 | /* Hash function for the demangled name hash. */ | |
752 | ||
753 | static hashval_t | |
754 | hash_demangled_name_entry (const void *data) | |
755 | { | |
756 | const struct demangled_name_entry *e | |
757 | = (const struct demangled_name_entry *) data; | |
758 | ||
759 | return fast_hash (e->mangled.data (), e->mangled.length ()); | |
760 | } | |
761 | ||
762 | /* Equality function for the demangled name hash. */ | |
763 | ||
764 | static int | |
765 | eq_demangled_name_entry (const void *a, const void *b) | |
766 | { | |
767 | const struct demangled_name_entry *da | |
768 | = (const struct demangled_name_entry *) a; | |
769 | const struct demangled_name_entry *db | |
770 | = (const struct demangled_name_entry *) b; | |
771 | ||
772 | return da->mangled == db->mangled; | |
773 | } | |
774 | ||
775 | static void | |
776 | free_demangled_name_entry (void *data) | |
777 | { | |
778 | struct demangled_name_entry *e | |
779 | = (struct demangled_name_entry *) data; | |
780 | ||
781 | e->~demangled_name_entry(); | |
782 | } | |
783 | ||
784 | /* Create the hash table used for demangled names. Each hash entry is | |
785 | a pair of strings; one for the mangled name and one for the demangled | |
786 | name. The entry is hashed via just the mangled name. */ | |
787 | ||
788 | static void | |
789 | create_demangled_names_hash (struct objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd) | |
790 | { | |
791 | /* Choose 256 as the starting size of the hash table, somewhat arbitrarily. | |
792 | The hash table code will round this up to the next prime number. | |
793 | Choosing a much larger table size wastes memory, and saves only about | |
794 | 1% in symbol reading. However, if the minsym count is already | |
795 | initialized (e.g. because symbol name setting was deferred to | |
796 | a background thread) we can initialize the hashtable with a count | |
797 | based on that, because we will almost certainly have at least that | |
798 | many entries. If we have a nonzero number but less than 256, | |
799 | we still stay with 256 to have some space for psymbols, etc. */ | |
800 | ||
801 | /* htab will expand the table when it is 3/4th full, so we account for that | |
802 | here. +2 to round up. */ | |
803 | int minsym_based_count = (per_bfd->minimal_symbol_count + 2) / 3 * 4; | |
804 | int count = std::max (per_bfd->minimal_symbol_count, minsym_based_count); | |
805 | ||
806 | per_bfd->demangled_names_hash.reset (htab_create_alloc | |
807 | (count, hash_demangled_name_entry, eq_demangled_name_entry, | |
808 | free_demangled_name_entry, xcalloc, xfree)); | |
809 | } | |
810 | ||
811 | /* See symtab.h */ | |
812 | ||
813 | char * | |
814 | symbol_find_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, | |
815 | const char *mangled) | |
816 | { | |
817 | char *demangled = NULL; | |
818 | int i; | |
819 | ||
820 | if (gsymbol->language () == language_unknown) | |
821 | gsymbol->m_language = language_auto; | |
822 | ||
823 | if (gsymbol->language () != language_auto) | |
824 | { | |
825 | const struct language_defn *lang = language_def (gsymbol->language ()); | |
826 | ||
827 | language_sniff_from_mangled_name (lang, mangled, &demangled); | |
828 | return demangled; | |
829 | } | |
830 | ||
831 | for (i = language_unknown; i < nr_languages; ++i) | |
832 | { | |
833 | enum language l = (enum language) i; | |
834 | const struct language_defn *lang = language_def (l); | |
835 | ||
836 | if (language_sniff_from_mangled_name (lang, mangled, &demangled)) | |
837 | { | |
838 | gsymbol->m_language = l; | |
839 | return demangled; | |
840 | } | |
841 | } | |
842 | ||
843 | return NULL; | |
844 | } | |
845 | ||
846 | /* Set both the mangled and demangled (if any) names for GSYMBOL based | |
847 | on LINKAGE_NAME and LEN. Ordinarily, NAME is copied onto the | |
848 | objfile's obstack; but if COPY_NAME is 0 and if NAME is | |
849 | NUL-terminated, then this function assumes that NAME is already | |
850 | correctly saved (either permanently or with a lifetime tied to the | |
851 | objfile), and it will not be copied. | |
852 | ||
853 | The hash table corresponding to OBJFILE is used, and the memory | |
854 | comes from the per-BFD storage_obstack. LINKAGE_NAME is copied, | |
855 | so the pointer can be discarded after calling this function. */ | |
856 | ||
857 | void | |
858 | general_symbol_info::compute_and_set_names (gdb::string_view linkage_name, | |
859 | bool copy_name, | |
860 | objfile_per_bfd_storage *per_bfd, | |
861 | gdb::optional<hashval_t> hash) | |
862 | { | |
863 | struct demangled_name_entry **slot; | |
864 | ||
865 | if (language () == language_ada) | |
866 | { | |
867 | /* In Ada, we do the symbol lookups using the mangled name, so | |
868 | we can save some space by not storing the demangled name. */ | |
869 | if (!copy_name) | |
870 | m_name = linkage_name.data (); | |
871 | else | |
872 | m_name = obstack_strndup (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, | |
873 | linkage_name.data (), | |
874 | linkage_name.length ()); | |
875 | symbol_set_demangled_name (this, NULL, &per_bfd->storage_obstack); | |
876 | ||
877 | return; | |
878 | } | |
879 | ||
880 | if (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash == NULL) | |
881 | create_demangled_names_hash (per_bfd); | |
882 | ||
883 | struct demangled_name_entry entry (linkage_name); | |
884 | if (!hash.has_value ()) | |
885 | hash = hash_demangled_name_entry (&entry); | |
886 | slot = ((struct demangled_name_entry **) | |
887 | htab_find_slot_with_hash (per_bfd->demangled_names_hash.get (), | |
888 | &entry, *hash, INSERT)); | |
889 | ||
890 | /* The const_cast is safe because the only reason it is already | |
891 | initialized is if we purposefully set it from a background | |
892 | thread to avoid doing the work here. However, it is still | |
893 | allocated from the heap and needs to be freed by us, just | |
894 | like if we called symbol_find_demangled_name here. If this is | |
895 | nullptr, we call symbol_find_demangled_name below, but we put | |
896 | this smart pointer here to be sure that we don't leak this name. */ | |
897 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> demangled_name | |
898 | (const_cast<char *> (language_specific.demangled_name)); | |
899 | ||
900 | /* If this name is not in the hash table, add it. */ | |
901 | if (*slot == NULL | |
902 | /* A C version of the symbol may have already snuck into the table. | |
903 | This happens to, e.g., main.init (__go_init_main). Cope. */ | |
904 | || (language () == language_go && (*slot)->demangled == nullptr)) | |
905 | { | |
906 | /* A 0-terminated copy of the linkage name. Callers must set COPY_NAME | |
907 | to true if the string might not be nullterminated. We have to make | |
908 | this copy because demangling needs a nullterminated string. */ | |
909 | gdb::string_view linkage_name_copy; | |
910 | if (copy_name) | |
911 | { | |
912 | char *alloc_name = (char *) alloca (linkage_name.length () + 1); | |
913 | memcpy (alloc_name, linkage_name.data (), linkage_name.length ()); | |
914 | alloc_name[linkage_name.length ()] = '\0'; | |
915 | ||
916 | linkage_name_copy = gdb::string_view (alloc_name, | |
917 | linkage_name.length ()); | |
918 | } | |
919 | else | |
920 | linkage_name_copy = linkage_name; | |
921 | ||
922 | if (demangled_name.get () == nullptr) | |
923 | demangled_name.reset | |
924 | (symbol_find_demangled_name (this, linkage_name_copy.data ())); | |
925 | ||
926 | /* Suppose we have demangled_name==NULL, copy_name==0, and | |
927 | linkage_name_copy==linkage_name. In this case, we already have the | |
928 | mangled name saved, and we don't have a demangled name. So, | |
929 | you might think we could save a little space by not recording | |
930 | this in the hash table at all. | |
931 | ||
932 | It turns out that it is actually important to still save such | |
933 | an entry in the hash table, because storing this name gives | |
934 | us better bcache hit rates for partial symbols. */ | |
935 | if (!copy_name) | |
936 | { | |
937 | *slot | |
938 | = ((struct demangled_name_entry *) | |
939 | obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, | |
940 | sizeof (demangled_name_entry))); | |
941 | new (*slot) demangled_name_entry (linkage_name); | |
942 | } | |
943 | else | |
944 | { | |
945 | /* If we must copy the mangled name, put it directly after | |
946 | the struct so we can have a single allocation. */ | |
947 | *slot | |
948 | = ((struct demangled_name_entry *) | |
949 | obstack_alloc (&per_bfd->storage_obstack, | |
950 | sizeof (demangled_name_entry) | |
951 | + linkage_name.length () + 1)); | |
952 | char *mangled_ptr = reinterpret_cast<char *> (*slot + 1); | |
953 | memcpy (mangled_ptr, linkage_name.data (), linkage_name.length ()); | |
954 | mangled_ptr [linkage_name.length ()] = '\0'; | |
955 | new (*slot) demangled_name_entry | |
956 | (gdb::string_view (mangled_ptr, linkage_name.length ())); | |
957 | } | |
958 | (*slot)->demangled = std::move (demangled_name); | |
959 | (*slot)->language = language (); | |
960 | } | |
961 | else if (language () == language_unknown || language () == language_auto) | |
962 | m_language = (*slot)->language; | |
963 | ||
964 | m_name = (*slot)->mangled.data (); | |
965 | symbol_set_demangled_name (this, (*slot)->demangled.get (), | |
966 | &per_bfd->storage_obstack); | |
967 | } | |
968 | ||
969 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
970 | ||
971 | const char * | |
972 | general_symbol_info::natural_name () const | |
973 | { | |
974 | switch (language ()) | |
975 | { | |
976 | case language_cplus: | |
977 | case language_d: | |
978 | case language_go: | |
979 | case language_objc: | |
980 | case language_fortran: | |
981 | if (symbol_get_demangled_name (this) != NULL) | |
982 | return symbol_get_demangled_name (this); | |
983 | break; | |
984 | case language_ada: | |
985 | return ada_decode_symbol (this); | |
986 | default: | |
987 | break; | |
988 | } | |
989 | return linkage_name (); | |
990 | } | |
991 | ||
992 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
993 | ||
994 | const char * | |
995 | general_symbol_info::demangled_name () const | |
996 | { | |
997 | const char *dem_name = NULL; | |
998 | ||
999 | switch (language ()) | |
1000 | { | |
1001 | case language_cplus: | |
1002 | case language_d: | |
1003 | case language_go: | |
1004 | case language_objc: | |
1005 | case language_fortran: | |
1006 | dem_name = symbol_get_demangled_name (this); | |
1007 | break; | |
1008 | case language_ada: | |
1009 | dem_name = ada_decode_symbol (this); | |
1010 | break; | |
1011 | default: | |
1012 | break; | |
1013 | } | |
1014 | return dem_name; | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | ||
1017 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1018 | ||
1019 | const char * | |
1020 | general_symbol_info::search_name () const | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | if (language () == language_ada) | |
1023 | return linkage_name (); | |
1024 | else | |
1025 | return natural_name (); | |
1026 | } | |
1027 | ||
1028 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1029 | ||
1030 | bool | |
1031 | symbol_matches_search_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol, | |
1032 | const lookup_name_info &name) | |
1033 | { | |
1034 | symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match | |
1035 | = get_symbol_name_matcher (language_def (gsymbol->language ()), name); | |
1036 | return name_match (gsymbol->search_name (), name, NULL); | |
1037 | } | |
1038 | ||
1039 | \f | |
1040 | ||
1041 | /* Return true if the two sections are the same, or if they could | |
1042 | plausibly be copies of each other, one in an original object | |
1043 | file and another in a separated debug file. */ | |
1044 | ||
1045 | bool | |
1046 | matching_obj_sections (struct obj_section *obj_first, | |
1047 | struct obj_section *obj_second) | |
1048 | { | |
1049 | asection *first = obj_first? obj_first->the_bfd_section : NULL; | |
1050 | asection *second = obj_second? obj_second->the_bfd_section : NULL; | |
1051 | ||
1052 | /* If they're the same section, then they match. */ | |
1053 | if (first == second) | |
1054 | return true; | |
1055 | ||
1056 | /* If either is NULL, give up. */ | |
1057 | if (first == NULL || second == NULL) | |
1058 | return false; | |
1059 | ||
1060 | /* This doesn't apply to absolute symbols. */ | |
1061 | if (first->owner == NULL || second->owner == NULL) | |
1062 | return false; | |
1063 | ||
1064 | /* If they're in the same object file, they must be different sections. */ | |
1065 | if (first->owner == second->owner) | |
1066 | return false; | |
1067 | ||
1068 | /* Check whether the two sections are potentially corresponding. They must | |
1069 | have the same size, address, and name. We can't compare section indexes, | |
1070 | which would be more reliable, because some sections may have been | |
1071 | stripped. */ | |
1072 | if (bfd_section_size (first) != bfd_section_size (second)) | |
1073 | return false; | |
1074 | ||
1075 | /* In-memory addresses may start at a different offset, relativize them. */ | |
1076 | if (bfd_section_vma (first) - bfd_get_start_address (first->owner) | |
1077 | != bfd_section_vma (second) - bfd_get_start_address (second->owner)) | |
1078 | return false; | |
1079 | ||
1080 | if (bfd_section_name (first) == NULL | |
1081 | || bfd_section_name (second) == NULL | |
1082 | || strcmp (bfd_section_name (first), bfd_section_name (second)) != 0) | |
1083 | return false; | |
1084 | ||
1085 | /* Otherwise check that they are in corresponding objfiles. */ | |
1086 | ||
1087 | struct objfile *obj = NULL; | |
1088 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
1089 | if (objfile->obfd == first->owner) | |
1090 | { | |
1091 | obj = objfile; | |
1092 | break; | |
1093 | } | |
1094 | gdb_assert (obj != NULL); | |
1095 | ||
1096 | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile != NULL | |
1097 | && obj->separate_debug_objfile->obfd == second->owner) | |
1098 | return true; | |
1099 | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != NULL | |
1100 | && obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink->obfd == second->owner) | |
1101 | return true; | |
1102 | ||
1103 | return false; | |
1104 | } | |
1105 | ||
1106 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1107 | ||
1108 | void | |
1109 | expand_symtab_containing_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) | |
1110 | { | |
1111 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol; | |
1112 | ||
1113 | /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is | |
1114 | necessary because we loop based on texthigh and textlow, which do | |
1115 | not include the data ranges. */ | |
1116 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section); | |
1117 | if (msymbol.minsym && msymbol.minsym->data_p ()) | |
1118 | return; | |
1119 | ||
1120 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
1121 | { | |
1122 | struct compunit_symtab *cust = NULL; | |
1123 | ||
1124 | if (objfile->sf) | |
1125 | cust = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (objfile, msymbol, | |
1126 | pc, section, 0); | |
1127 | if (cust) | |
1128 | return; | |
1129 | } | |
1130 | } | |
1131 | \f | |
1132 | /* Hash function for the symbol cache. */ | |
1133 | ||
1134 | static unsigned int | |
1135 | hash_symbol_entry (const struct objfile *objfile_context, | |
1136 | const char *name, domain_enum domain) | |
1137 | { | |
1138 | unsigned int hash = (uintptr_t) objfile_context; | |
1139 | ||
1140 | if (name != NULL) | |
1141 | hash += htab_hash_string (name); | |
1142 | ||
1143 | /* Because of symbol_matches_domain we need VAR_DOMAIN and STRUCT_DOMAIN | |
1144 | to map to the same slot. */ | |
1145 | if (domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN) | |
1146 | hash += VAR_DOMAIN * 7; | |
1147 | else | |
1148 | hash += domain * 7; | |
1149 | ||
1150 | return hash; | |
1151 | } | |
1152 | ||
1153 | /* Equality function for the symbol cache. */ | |
1154 | ||
1155 | static int | |
1156 | eq_symbol_entry (const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, | |
1157 | const struct objfile *objfile_context, | |
1158 | const char *name, domain_enum domain) | |
1159 | { | |
1160 | const char *slot_name; | |
1161 | domain_enum slot_domain; | |
1162 | ||
1163 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) | |
1164 | return 0; | |
1165 | ||
1166 | if (slot->objfile_context != objfile_context) | |
1167 | return 0; | |
1168 | ||
1169 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | |
1170 | { | |
1171 | slot_name = slot->value.not_found.name; | |
1172 | slot_domain = slot->value.not_found.domain; | |
1173 | } | |
1174 | else | |
1175 | { | |
1176 | slot_name = slot->value.found.symbol->search_name (); | |
1177 | slot_domain = SYMBOL_DOMAIN (slot->value.found.symbol); | |
1178 | } | |
1179 | ||
1180 | /* NULL names match. */ | |
1181 | if (slot_name == NULL && name == NULL) | |
1182 | { | |
1183 | /* But there's no point in calling symbol_matches_domain in the | |
1184 | SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND case. */ | |
1185 | if (slot_domain != domain) | |
1186 | return 0; | |
1187 | } | |
1188 | else if (slot_name != NULL && name != NULL) | |
1189 | { | |
1190 | /* It's important that we use the same comparison that was done | |
1191 | the first time through. If the slot records a found symbol, | |
1192 | then this means using the symbol name comparison function of | |
1193 | the symbol's language with symbol->search_name (). See | |
1194 | dictionary.c. It also means using symbol_matches_domain for | |
1195 | found symbols. See block.c. | |
1196 | ||
1197 | If the slot records a not-found symbol, then require a precise match. | |
1198 | We could still be lax with whitespace like strcmp_iw though. */ | |
1199 | ||
1200 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | |
1201 | { | |
1202 | if (strcmp (slot_name, name) != 0) | |
1203 | return 0; | |
1204 | if (slot_domain != domain) | |
1205 | return 0; | |
1206 | } | |
1207 | else | |
1208 | { | |
1209 | struct symbol *sym = slot->value.found.symbol; | |
1210 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL); | |
1211 | ||
1212 | if (!SYMBOL_MATCHES_SEARCH_NAME (sym, lookup_name)) | |
1213 | return 0; | |
1214 | ||
1215 | if (!symbol_matches_domain (sym->language (), slot_domain, domain)) | |
1216 | return 0; | |
1217 | } | |
1218 | } | |
1219 | else | |
1220 | { | |
1221 | /* Only one name is NULL. */ | |
1222 | return 0; | |
1223 | } | |
1224 | ||
1225 | return 1; | |
1226 | } | |
1227 | ||
1228 | /* Given a cache of size SIZE, return the size of the struct (with variable | |
1229 | length array) in bytes. */ | |
1230 | ||
1231 | static size_t | |
1232 | symbol_cache_byte_size (unsigned int size) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | return (sizeof (struct block_symbol_cache) | |
1235 | + ((size - 1) * sizeof (struct symbol_cache_slot))); | |
1236 | } | |
1237 | ||
1238 | /* Resize CACHE. */ | |
1239 | ||
1240 | static void | |
1241 | resize_symbol_cache (struct symbol_cache *cache, unsigned int new_size) | |
1242 | { | |
1243 | /* If there's no change in size, don't do anything. | |
1244 | All caches have the same size, so we can just compare with the size | |
1245 | of the global symbols cache. */ | |
1246 | if ((cache->global_symbols != NULL | |
1247 | && cache->global_symbols->size == new_size) | |
1248 | || (cache->global_symbols == NULL | |
1249 | && new_size == 0)) | |
1250 | return; | |
1251 | ||
1252 | destroy_block_symbol_cache (cache->global_symbols); | |
1253 | destroy_block_symbol_cache (cache->static_symbols); | |
1254 | ||
1255 | if (new_size == 0) | |
1256 | { | |
1257 | cache->global_symbols = NULL; | |
1258 | cache->static_symbols = NULL; | |
1259 | } | |
1260 | else | |
1261 | { | |
1262 | size_t total_size = symbol_cache_byte_size (new_size); | |
1263 | ||
1264 | cache->global_symbols | |
1265 | = (struct block_symbol_cache *) xcalloc (1, total_size); | |
1266 | cache->static_symbols | |
1267 | = (struct block_symbol_cache *) xcalloc (1, total_size); | |
1268 | cache->global_symbols->size = new_size; | |
1269 | cache->static_symbols->size = new_size; | |
1270 | } | |
1271 | } | |
1272 | ||
1273 | /* Return the symbol cache of PSPACE. | |
1274 | Create one if it doesn't exist yet. */ | |
1275 | ||
1276 | static struct symbol_cache * | |
1277 | get_symbol_cache (struct program_space *pspace) | |
1278 | { | |
1279 | struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | |
1280 | ||
1281 | if (cache == NULL) | |
1282 | { | |
1283 | cache = symbol_cache_key.emplace (pspace); | |
1284 | resize_symbol_cache (cache, symbol_cache_size); | |
1285 | } | |
1286 | ||
1287 | return cache; | |
1288 | } | |
1289 | ||
1290 | /* Set the size of the symbol cache in all program spaces. */ | |
1291 | ||
1292 | static void | |
1293 | set_symbol_cache_size (unsigned int new_size) | |
1294 | { | |
1295 | struct program_space *pspace; | |
1296 | ||
1297 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) | |
1298 | { | |
1299 | struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | |
1300 | ||
1301 | /* The pspace could have been created but not have a cache yet. */ | |
1302 | if (cache != NULL) | |
1303 | resize_symbol_cache (cache, new_size); | |
1304 | } | |
1305 | } | |
1306 | ||
1307 | /* Called when symbol-cache-size is set. */ | |
1308 | ||
1309 | static void | |
1310 | set_symbol_cache_size_handler (const char *args, int from_tty, | |
1311 | struct cmd_list_element *c) | |
1312 | { | |
1313 | if (new_symbol_cache_size > MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE) | |
1314 | { | |
1315 | /* Restore the previous value. | |
1316 | This is the value the "show" command prints. */ | |
1317 | new_symbol_cache_size = symbol_cache_size; | |
1318 | ||
1319 | error (_("Symbol cache size is too large, max is %u."), | |
1320 | MAX_SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE); | |
1321 | } | |
1322 | symbol_cache_size = new_symbol_cache_size; | |
1323 | ||
1324 | set_symbol_cache_size (symbol_cache_size); | |
1325 | } | |
1326 | ||
1327 | /* Lookup symbol NAME,DOMAIN in BLOCK in the symbol cache of PSPACE. | |
1328 | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile, which may be NULL. | |
1329 | The result is the symbol if found, SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED if a previous lookup | |
1330 | failed (and thus this one will too), or NULL if the symbol is not present | |
1331 | in the cache. | |
1332 | *BSC_PTR and *SLOT_PTR are set to the cache and slot of the symbol, which | |
1333 | can be used to save the result of a full lookup attempt. */ | |
1334 | ||
1335 | static struct block_symbol | |
1336 | symbol_cache_lookup (struct symbol_cache *cache, | |
1337 | struct objfile *objfile_context, enum block_enum block, | |
1338 | const char *name, domain_enum domain, | |
1339 | struct block_symbol_cache **bsc_ptr, | |
1340 | struct symbol_cache_slot **slot_ptr) | |
1341 | { | |
1342 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; | |
1343 | unsigned int hash; | |
1344 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; | |
1345 | ||
1346 | if (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK) | |
1347 | bsc = cache->global_symbols; | |
1348 | else | |
1349 | bsc = cache->static_symbols; | |
1350 | if (bsc == NULL) | |
1351 | { | |
1352 | *bsc_ptr = NULL; | |
1353 | *slot_ptr = NULL; | |
1354 | return {}; | |
1355 | } | |
1356 | ||
1357 | hash = hash_symbol_entry (objfile_context, name, domain); | |
1358 | slot = bsc->symbols + hash % bsc->size; | |
1359 | ||
1360 | *bsc_ptr = bsc; | |
1361 | *slot_ptr = slot; | |
1362 | ||
1363 | if (eq_symbol_entry (slot, objfile_context, name, domain)) | |
1364 | { | |
1365 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
1366 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
1367 | "%s block symbol cache hit%s for %s, %s\n", | |
1368 | block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static", | |
1369 | slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND | |
1370 | ? " (not found)" : "", | |
1371 | name, domain_name (domain)); | |
1372 | ++bsc->hits; | |
1373 | if (slot->state == SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND) | |
1374 | return SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED; | |
1375 | return slot->value.found; | |
1376 | } | |
1377 | ||
1378 | /* Symbol is not present in the cache. */ | |
1379 | ||
1380 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
1381 | { | |
1382 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
1383 | "%s block symbol cache miss for %s, %s\n", | |
1384 | block == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "Global" : "Static", | |
1385 | name, domain_name (domain)); | |
1386 | } | |
1387 | ++bsc->misses; | |
1388 | return {}; | |
1389 | } | |
1390 | ||
1391 | /* Mark SYMBOL as found in SLOT. | |
1392 | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL | |
1393 | if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK). It is *not* | |
1394 | necessarily the objfile the symbol was found in. */ | |
1395 | ||
1396 | static void | |
1397 | symbol_cache_mark_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc, | |
1398 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, | |
1399 | struct objfile *objfile_context, | |
1400 | struct symbol *symbol, | |
1401 | const struct block *block) | |
1402 | { | |
1403 | if (bsc == NULL) | |
1404 | return; | |
1405 | if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) | |
1406 | { | |
1407 | ++bsc->collisions; | |
1408 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot); | |
1409 | } | |
1410 | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND; | |
1411 | slot->objfile_context = objfile_context; | |
1412 | slot->value.found.symbol = symbol; | |
1413 | slot->value.found.block = block; | |
1414 | } | |
1415 | ||
1416 | /* Mark symbol NAME, DOMAIN as not found in SLOT. | |
1417 | OBJFILE_CONTEXT is the current objfile when the lookup was done, or NULL | |
1418 | if it's not needed to distinguish lookups (STATIC_BLOCK). */ | |
1419 | ||
1420 | static void | |
1421 | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (struct block_symbol_cache *bsc, | |
1422 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot, | |
1423 | struct objfile *objfile_context, | |
1424 | const char *name, domain_enum domain) | |
1425 | { | |
1426 | if (bsc == NULL) | |
1427 | return; | |
1428 | if (slot->state != SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED) | |
1429 | { | |
1430 | ++bsc->collisions; | |
1431 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (slot); | |
1432 | } | |
1433 | slot->state = SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND; | |
1434 | slot->objfile_context = objfile_context; | |
1435 | slot->value.not_found.name = xstrdup (name); | |
1436 | slot->value.not_found.domain = domain; | |
1437 | } | |
1438 | ||
1439 | /* Flush the symbol cache of PSPACE. */ | |
1440 | ||
1441 | static void | |
1442 | symbol_cache_flush (struct program_space *pspace) | |
1443 | { | |
1444 | struct symbol_cache *cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | |
1445 | int pass; | |
1446 | ||
1447 | if (cache == NULL) | |
1448 | return; | |
1449 | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) | |
1450 | { | |
1451 | gdb_assert (symbol_cache_size == 0); | |
1452 | gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols == NULL); | |
1453 | return; | |
1454 | } | |
1455 | ||
1456 | /* If the cache is untouched since the last flush, early exit. | |
1457 | This is important for performance during the startup of a program linked | |
1458 | with 100s (or 1000s) of shared libraries. */ | |
1459 | if (cache->global_symbols->misses == 0 | |
1460 | && cache->static_symbols->misses == 0) | |
1461 | return; | |
1462 | ||
1463 | gdb_assert (cache->global_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size); | |
1464 | gdb_assert (cache->static_symbols->size == symbol_cache_size); | |
1465 | ||
1466 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) | |
1467 | { | |
1468 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc | |
1469 | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; | |
1470 | unsigned int i; | |
1471 | ||
1472 | for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i) | |
1473 | symbol_cache_clear_slot (&bsc->symbols[i]); | |
1474 | } | |
1475 | ||
1476 | cache->global_symbols->hits = 0; | |
1477 | cache->global_symbols->misses = 0; | |
1478 | cache->global_symbols->collisions = 0; | |
1479 | cache->static_symbols->hits = 0; | |
1480 | cache->static_symbols->misses = 0; | |
1481 | cache->static_symbols->collisions = 0; | |
1482 | } | |
1483 | ||
1484 | /* Dump CACHE. */ | |
1485 | ||
1486 | static void | |
1487 | symbol_cache_dump (const struct symbol_cache *cache) | |
1488 | { | |
1489 | int pass; | |
1490 | ||
1491 | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) | |
1492 | { | |
1493 | printf_filtered (" <disabled>\n"); | |
1494 | return; | |
1495 | } | |
1496 | ||
1497 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) | |
1498 | { | |
1499 | const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc | |
1500 | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; | |
1501 | unsigned int i; | |
1502 | ||
1503 | if (pass == 0) | |
1504 | printf_filtered ("Global symbols:\n"); | |
1505 | else | |
1506 | printf_filtered ("Static symbols:\n"); | |
1507 | ||
1508 | for (i = 0; i < bsc->size; ++i) | |
1509 | { | |
1510 | const struct symbol_cache_slot *slot = &bsc->symbols[i]; | |
1511 | ||
1512 | QUIT; | |
1513 | ||
1514 | switch (slot->state) | |
1515 | { | |
1516 | case SYMBOL_SLOT_UNUSED: | |
1517 | break; | |
1518 | case SYMBOL_SLOT_NOT_FOUND: | |
1519 | printf_filtered (" [%4u] = %s, %s %s (not found)\n", i, | |
1520 | host_address_to_string (slot->objfile_context), | |
1521 | slot->value.not_found.name, | |
1522 | domain_name (slot->value.not_found.domain)); | |
1523 | break; | |
1524 | case SYMBOL_SLOT_FOUND: | |
1525 | { | |
1526 | struct symbol *found = slot->value.found.symbol; | |
1527 | const struct objfile *context = slot->objfile_context; | |
1528 | ||
1529 | printf_filtered (" [%4u] = %s, %s %s\n", i, | |
1530 | host_address_to_string (context), | |
1531 | found->print_name (), | |
1532 | domain_name (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (found))); | |
1533 | break; | |
1534 | } | |
1535 | } | |
1536 | } | |
1537 | } | |
1538 | } | |
1539 | ||
1540 | /* The "mt print symbol-cache" command. */ | |
1541 | ||
1542 | static void | |
1543 | maintenance_print_symbol_cache (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
1544 | { | |
1545 | struct program_space *pspace; | |
1546 | ||
1547 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) | |
1548 | { | |
1549 | struct symbol_cache *cache; | |
1550 | ||
1551 | printf_filtered (_("Symbol cache for pspace %d\n%s:\n"), | |
1552 | pspace->num, | |
1553 | pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL | |
1554 | ? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file) | |
1555 | : "(no object file)"); | |
1556 | ||
1557 | /* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one. */ | |
1558 | cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | |
1559 | if (cache == NULL) | |
1560 | printf_filtered (" <empty>\n"); | |
1561 | else | |
1562 | symbol_cache_dump (cache); | |
1563 | } | |
1564 | } | |
1565 | ||
1566 | /* The "mt flush-symbol-cache" command. */ | |
1567 | ||
1568 | static void | |
1569 | maintenance_flush_symbol_cache (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
1570 | { | |
1571 | struct program_space *pspace; | |
1572 | ||
1573 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) | |
1574 | { | |
1575 | symbol_cache_flush (pspace); | |
1576 | } | |
1577 | } | |
1578 | ||
1579 | /* Print usage statistics of CACHE. */ | |
1580 | ||
1581 | static void | |
1582 | symbol_cache_stats (struct symbol_cache *cache) | |
1583 | { | |
1584 | int pass; | |
1585 | ||
1586 | if (cache->global_symbols == NULL) | |
1587 | { | |
1588 | printf_filtered (" <disabled>\n"); | |
1589 | return; | |
1590 | } | |
1591 | ||
1592 | for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) | |
1593 | { | |
1594 | const struct block_symbol_cache *bsc | |
1595 | = pass == 0 ? cache->global_symbols : cache->static_symbols; | |
1596 | ||
1597 | QUIT; | |
1598 | ||
1599 | if (pass == 0) | |
1600 | printf_filtered ("Global block cache stats:\n"); | |
1601 | else | |
1602 | printf_filtered ("Static block cache stats:\n"); | |
1603 | ||
1604 | printf_filtered (" size: %u\n", bsc->size); | |
1605 | printf_filtered (" hits: %u\n", bsc->hits); | |
1606 | printf_filtered (" misses: %u\n", bsc->misses); | |
1607 | printf_filtered (" collisions: %u\n", bsc->collisions); | |
1608 | } | |
1609 | } | |
1610 | ||
1611 | /* The "mt print symbol-cache-statistics" command. */ | |
1612 | ||
1613 | static void | |
1614 | maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
1615 | { | |
1616 | struct program_space *pspace; | |
1617 | ||
1618 | ALL_PSPACES (pspace) | |
1619 | { | |
1620 | struct symbol_cache *cache; | |
1621 | ||
1622 | printf_filtered (_("Symbol cache statistics for pspace %d\n%s:\n"), | |
1623 | pspace->num, | |
1624 | pspace->symfile_object_file != NULL | |
1625 | ? objfile_name (pspace->symfile_object_file) | |
1626 | : "(no object file)"); | |
1627 | ||
1628 | /* If the cache hasn't been created yet, avoid creating one. */ | |
1629 | cache = symbol_cache_key.get (pspace); | |
1630 | if (cache == NULL) | |
1631 | printf_filtered (" empty, no stats available\n"); | |
1632 | else | |
1633 | symbol_cache_stats (cache); | |
1634 | } | |
1635 | } | |
1636 | ||
1637 | /* This module's 'new_objfile' observer. */ | |
1638 | ||
1639 | static void | |
1640 | symtab_new_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) | |
1641 | { | |
1642 | /* Ideally we'd use OBJFILE->pspace, but OBJFILE may be NULL. */ | |
1643 | symbol_cache_flush (current_program_space); | |
1644 | } | |
1645 | ||
1646 | /* This module's 'free_objfile' observer. */ | |
1647 | ||
1648 | static void | |
1649 | symtab_free_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) | |
1650 | { | |
1651 | symbol_cache_flush (objfile->pspace); | |
1652 | } | |
1653 | \f | |
1654 | /* Debug symbols usually don't have section information. We need to dig that | |
1655 | out of the minimal symbols and stash that in the debug symbol. */ | |
1656 | ||
1657 | void | |
1658 | fixup_section (struct general_symbol_info *ginfo, | |
1659 | CORE_ADDR addr, struct objfile *objfile) | |
1660 | { | |
1661 | struct minimal_symbol *msym; | |
1662 | ||
1663 | /* First, check whether a minimal symbol with the same name exists | |
1664 | and points to the same address. The address check is required | |
1665 | e.g. on PowerPC64, where the minimal symbol for a function will | |
1666 | point to the function descriptor, while the debug symbol will | |
1667 | point to the actual function code. */ | |
1668 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_name (addr, ginfo->linkage_name (), | |
1669 | objfile); | |
1670 | if (msym) | |
1671 | ginfo->section = MSYMBOL_SECTION (msym); | |
1672 | else | |
1673 | { | |
1674 | /* Static, function-local variables do appear in the linker | |
1675 | (minimal) symbols, but are frequently given names that won't | |
1676 | be found via lookup_minimal_symbol(). E.g., it has been | |
1677 | observed in frv-uclinux (ELF) executables that a static, | |
1678 | function-local variable named "foo" might appear in the | |
1679 | linker symbols as "foo.6" or "foo.3". Thus, there is no | |
1680 | point in attempting to extend the lookup-by-name mechanism to | |
1681 | handle this case due to the fact that there can be multiple | |
1682 | names. | |
1683 | ||
1684 | So, instead, search the section table when lookup by name has | |
1685 | failed. The ``addr'' and ``endaddr'' fields may have already | |
1686 | been relocated. If so, the relocation offset needs to be | |
1687 | subtracted from these values when performing the comparison. | |
1688 | We unconditionally subtract it, because, when no relocation | |
1689 | has been performed, the value will simply be zero. | |
1690 | ||
1691 | The address of the symbol whose section we're fixing up HAS | |
1692 | NOT BEEN adjusted (relocated) yet. It can't have been since | |
1693 | the section isn't yet known and knowing the section is | |
1694 | necessary in order to add the correct relocation value. In | |
1695 | other words, we wouldn't even be in this function (attempting | |
1696 | to compute the section) if it were already known. | |
1697 | ||
1698 | Note that it is possible to search the minimal symbols | |
1699 | (subtracting the relocation value if necessary) to find the | |
1700 | matching minimal symbol, but this is overkill and much less | |
1701 | efficient. It is not necessary to find the matching minimal | |
1702 | symbol, only its section. | |
1703 | ||
1704 | Note that this technique (of doing a section table search) | |
1705 | can fail when unrelocated section addresses overlap. For | |
1706 | this reason, we still attempt a lookup by name prior to doing | |
1707 | a search of the section table. */ | |
1708 | ||
1709 | struct obj_section *s; | |
1710 | int fallback = -1; | |
1711 | ||
1712 | ALL_OBJFILE_OSECTIONS (objfile, s) | |
1713 | { | |
1714 | int idx = s - objfile->sections; | |
1715 | CORE_ADDR offset = objfile->section_offsets[idx]; | |
1716 | ||
1717 | if (fallback == -1) | |
1718 | fallback = idx; | |
1719 | ||
1720 | if (obj_section_addr (s) - offset <= addr | |
1721 | && addr < obj_section_endaddr (s) - offset) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | ginfo->section = idx; | |
1724 | return; | |
1725 | } | |
1726 | } | |
1727 | ||
1728 | /* If we didn't find the section, assume it is in the first | |
1729 | section. If there is no allocated section, then it hardly | |
1730 | matters what we pick, so just pick zero. */ | |
1731 | if (fallback == -1) | |
1732 | ginfo->section = 0; | |
1733 | else | |
1734 | ginfo->section = fallback; | |
1735 | } | |
1736 | } | |
1737 | ||
1738 | struct symbol * | |
1739 | fixup_symbol_section (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile) | |
1740 | { | |
1741 | CORE_ADDR addr; | |
1742 | ||
1743 | if (!sym) | |
1744 | return NULL; | |
1745 | ||
1746 | if (!SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (sym)) | |
1747 | return sym; | |
1748 | ||
1749 | /* We either have an OBJFILE, or we can get at it from the sym's | |
1750 | symtab. Anything else is a bug. */ | |
1751 | gdb_assert (objfile || symbol_symtab (sym)); | |
1752 | ||
1753 | if (objfile == NULL) | |
1754 | objfile = symbol_objfile (sym); | |
1755 | ||
1756 | if (SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, sym)) | |
1757 | return sym; | |
1758 | ||
1759 | /* We should have an objfile by now. */ | |
1760 | gdb_assert (objfile); | |
1761 | ||
1762 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) | |
1763 | { | |
1764 | case LOC_STATIC: | |
1765 | case LOC_LABEL: | |
1766 | addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym); | |
1767 | break; | |
1768 | case LOC_BLOCK: | |
1769 | addr = BLOCK_ENTRY_PC (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); | |
1770 | break; | |
1771 | ||
1772 | default: | |
1773 | /* Nothing else will be listed in the minsyms -- no use looking | |
1774 | it up. */ | |
1775 | return sym; | |
1776 | } | |
1777 | ||
1778 | fixup_section (sym, addr, objfile); | |
1779 | ||
1780 | return sym; | |
1781 | } | |
1782 | ||
1783 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1784 | ||
1785 | demangle_for_lookup_info::demangle_for_lookup_info | |
1786 | (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, language lang) | |
1787 | { | |
1788 | demangle_result_storage storage; | |
1789 | ||
1790 | if (lookup_name.ignore_parameters () && lang == language_cplus) | |
1791 | { | |
1792 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> without_params | |
1793 | = cp_remove_params_if_any (lookup_name.name ().c_str (), | |
1794 | lookup_name.completion_mode ()); | |
1795 | ||
1796 | if (without_params != NULL) | |
1797 | { | |
1798 | if (lookup_name.match_type () != symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME) | |
1799 | m_demangled_name = demangle_for_lookup (without_params.get (), | |
1800 | lang, storage); | |
1801 | return; | |
1802 | } | |
1803 | } | |
1804 | ||
1805 | if (lookup_name.match_type () == symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME) | |
1806 | m_demangled_name = lookup_name.name (); | |
1807 | else | |
1808 | m_demangled_name = demangle_for_lookup (lookup_name.name ().c_str (), | |
1809 | lang, storage); | |
1810 | } | |
1811 | ||
1812 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1813 | ||
1814 | const lookup_name_info & | |
1815 | lookup_name_info::match_any () | |
1816 | { | |
1817 | /* Lookup any symbol that "" would complete. I.e., this matches all | |
1818 | symbol names. */ | |
1819 | static const lookup_name_info lookup_name ({}, symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | |
1820 | true); | |
1821 | ||
1822 | return lookup_name; | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | ||
1825 | /* Compute the demangled form of NAME as used by the various symbol | |
1826 | lookup functions. The result can either be the input NAME | |
1827 | directly, or a pointer to a buffer owned by the STORAGE object. | |
1828 | ||
1829 | For Ada, this function just returns NAME, unmodified. | |
1830 | Normally, Ada symbol lookups are performed using the encoded name | |
1831 | rather than the demangled name, and so it might seem to make sense | |
1832 | for this function to return an encoded version of NAME. | |
1833 | Unfortunately, we cannot do this, because this function is used in | |
1834 | circumstances where it is not appropriate to try to encode NAME. | |
1835 | For instance, when displaying the frame info, we demangle the name | |
1836 | of each parameter, and then perform a symbol lookup inside our | |
1837 | function using that demangled name. In Ada, certain functions | |
1838 | have internally-generated parameters whose name contain uppercase | |
1839 | characters. Encoding those name would result in those uppercase | |
1840 | characters to become lowercase, and thus cause the symbol lookup | |
1841 | to fail. */ | |
1842 | ||
1843 | const char * | |
1844 | demangle_for_lookup (const char *name, enum language lang, | |
1845 | demangle_result_storage &storage) | |
1846 | { | |
1847 | /* If we are using C++, D, or Go, demangle the name before doing a | |
1848 | lookup, so we can always binary search. */ | |
1849 | if (lang == language_cplus) | |
1850 | { | |
1851 | char *demangled_name = gdb_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS); | |
1852 | if (demangled_name != NULL) | |
1853 | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (demangled_name); | |
1854 | ||
1855 | /* If we were given a non-mangled name, canonicalize it | |
1856 | according to the language (so far only for C++). */ | |
1857 | std::string canon = cp_canonicalize_string (name); | |
1858 | if (!canon.empty ()) | |
1859 | return storage.swap_string (canon); | |
1860 | } | |
1861 | else if (lang == language_d) | |
1862 | { | |
1863 | char *demangled_name = d_demangle (name, 0); | |
1864 | if (demangled_name != NULL) | |
1865 | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (demangled_name); | |
1866 | } | |
1867 | else if (lang == language_go) | |
1868 | { | |
1869 | char *demangled_name = go_demangle (name, 0); | |
1870 | if (demangled_name != NULL) | |
1871 | return storage.set_malloc_ptr (demangled_name); | |
1872 | } | |
1873 | ||
1874 | return name; | |
1875 | } | |
1876 | ||
1877 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1878 | ||
1879 | unsigned int | |
1880 | search_name_hash (enum language language, const char *search_name) | |
1881 | { | |
1882 | return language_def (language)->la_search_name_hash (search_name); | |
1883 | } | |
1884 | ||
1885 | /* See symtab.h. | |
1886 | ||
1887 | This function (or rather its subordinates) have a bunch of loops and | |
1888 | it would seem to be attractive to put in some QUIT's (though I'm not really | |
1889 | sure whether it can run long enough to be really important). But there | |
1890 | are a few calls for which it would appear to be bad news to quit | |
1891 | out of here: e.g., find_proc_desc in alpha-mdebug-tdep.c. (Note | |
1892 | that there is C++ code below which can error(), but that probably | |
1893 | doesn't affect these calls since they are looking for a known | |
1894 | variable and thus can probably assume it will never hit the C++ | |
1895 | code). */ | |
1896 | ||
1897 | struct block_symbol | |
1898 | lookup_symbol_in_language (const char *name, const struct block *block, | |
1899 | const domain_enum domain, enum language lang, | |
1900 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | |
1901 | { | |
1902 | demangle_result_storage storage; | |
1903 | const char *modified_name = demangle_for_lookup (name, lang, storage); | |
1904 | ||
1905 | return lookup_symbol_aux (modified_name, | |
1906 | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | |
1907 | block, domain, lang, | |
1908 | is_a_field_of_this); | |
1909 | } | |
1910 | ||
1911 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1912 | ||
1913 | struct block_symbol | |
1914 | lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, | |
1915 | domain_enum domain, | |
1916 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | |
1917 | { | |
1918 | return lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain, | |
1919 | current_language->la_language, | |
1920 | is_a_field_of_this); | |
1921 | } | |
1922 | ||
1923 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1924 | ||
1925 | struct block_symbol | |
1926 | lookup_symbol_search_name (const char *search_name, const struct block *block, | |
1927 | domain_enum domain) | |
1928 | { | |
1929 | return lookup_symbol_aux (search_name, symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME, | |
1930 | block, domain, language_asm, NULL); | |
1931 | } | |
1932 | ||
1933 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
1934 | ||
1935 | struct block_symbol | |
1936 | lookup_language_this (const struct language_defn *lang, | |
1937 | const struct block *block) | |
1938 | { | |
1939 | if (lang->la_name_of_this == NULL || block == NULL) | |
1940 | return {}; | |
1941 | ||
1942 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
1943 | { | |
1944 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); | |
1945 | ||
1946 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
1947 | "lookup_language_this (%s, %s (objfile %s))", | |
1948 | lang->la_name, host_address_to_string (block), | |
1949 | objfile_debug_name (objfile)); | |
1950 | } | |
1951 | ||
1952 | while (block) | |
1953 | { | |
1954 | struct symbol *sym; | |
1955 | ||
1956 | sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, lang->la_name_of_this, | |
1957 | symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME, | |
1958 | VAR_DOMAIN); | |
1959 | if (sym != NULL) | |
1960 | { | |
1961 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
1962 | { | |
1963 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = %s (%s, block %s)\n", | |
1964 | sym->print_name (), | |
1965 | host_address_to_string (sym), | |
1966 | host_address_to_string (block)); | |
1967 | } | |
1968 | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; | |
1969 | } | |
1970 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block)) | |
1971 | break; | |
1972 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); | |
1973 | } | |
1974 | ||
1975 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
1976 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n"); | |
1977 | return {}; | |
1978 | } | |
1979 | ||
1980 | /* Given TYPE, a structure/union, | |
1981 | return 1 if the component named NAME from the ultimate target | |
1982 | structure/union is defined, otherwise, return 0. */ | |
1983 | ||
1984 | static int | |
1985 | check_field (struct type *type, const char *name, | |
1986 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | |
1987 | { | |
1988 | int i; | |
1989 | ||
1990 | /* The type may be a stub. */ | |
1991 | type = check_typedef (type); | |
1992 | ||
1993 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1; i >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); i--) | |
1994 | { | |
1995 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); | |
1996 | ||
1997 | if (t_field_name && (strcmp_iw (t_field_name, name) == 0)) | |
1998 | { | |
1999 | is_a_field_of_this->type = type; | |
2000 | is_a_field_of_this->field = &TYPE_FIELD (type, i); | |
2001 | return 1; | |
2002 | } | |
2003 | } | |
2004 | ||
2005 | /* C++: If it was not found as a data field, then try to return it | |
2006 | as a pointer to a method. */ | |
2007 | ||
2008 | for (i = TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
2009 | { | |
2010 | if (strcmp_iw (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, i), name) == 0) | |
2011 | { | |
2012 | is_a_field_of_this->type = type; | |
2013 | is_a_field_of_this->fn_field = &TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, i); | |
2014 | return 1; | |
2015 | } | |
2016 | } | |
2017 | ||
2018 | for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2019 | if (check_field (TYPE_BASECLASS (type, i), name, is_a_field_of_this)) | |
2020 | return 1; | |
2021 | ||
2022 | return 0; | |
2023 | } | |
2024 | ||
2025 | /* Behave like lookup_symbol except that NAME is the natural name | |
2026 | (e.g., demangled name) of the symbol that we're looking for. */ | |
2027 | ||
2028 | static struct block_symbol | |
2029 | lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, symbol_name_match_type match_type, | |
2030 | const struct block *block, | |
2031 | const domain_enum domain, enum language language, | |
2032 | struct field_of_this_result *is_a_field_of_this) | |
2033 | { | |
2034 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2035 | const struct language_defn *langdef; | |
2036 | ||
2037 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2038 | { | |
2039 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); | |
2040 | ||
2041 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2042 | "lookup_symbol_aux (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s, %s)\n", | |
2043 | name, host_address_to_string (block), | |
2044 | objfile != NULL | |
2045 | ? objfile_debug_name (objfile) : "NULL", | |
2046 | domain_name (domain), language_str (language)); | |
2047 | } | |
2048 | ||
2049 | /* Make sure we do something sensible with is_a_field_of_this, since | |
2050 | the callers that set this parameter to some non-null value will | |
2051 | certainly use it later. If we don't set it, the contents of | |
2052 | is_a_field_of_this are undefined. */ | |
2053 | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL) | |
2054 | memset (is_a_field_of_this, 0, sizeof (*is_a_field_of_this)); | |
2055 | ||
2056 | /* Search specified block and its superiors. Don't search | |
2057 | STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK. */ | |
2058 | ||
2059 | result = lookup_local_symbol (name, match_type, block, domain, language); | |
2060 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2061 | { | |
2062 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2063 | { | |
2064 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n", | |
2065 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); | |
2066 | } | |
2067 | return result; | |
2068 | } | |
2069 | ||
2070 | /* If requested to do so by the caller and if appropriate for LANGUAGE, | |
2071 | check to see if NAME is a field of `this'. */ | |
2072 | ||
2073 | langdef = language_def (language); | |
2074 | ||
2075 | /* Don't do this check if we are searching for a struct. It will | |
2076 | not be found by check_field, but will be found by other | |
2077 | means. */ | |
2078 | if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL && domain != STRUCT_DOMAIN) | |
2079 | { | |
2080 | result = lookup_language_this (langdef, block); | |
2081 | ||
2082 | if (result.symbol) | |
2083 | { | |
2084 | struct type *t = result.symbol->type; | |
2085 | ||
2086 | /* I'm not really sure that type of this can ever | |
2087 | be typedefed; just be safe. */ | |
2088 | t = check_typedef (t); | |
2089 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR || TYPE_IS_REFERENCE (t)) | |
2090 | t = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); | |
2091 | ||
2092 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT | |
2093 | && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) | |
2094 | error (_("Internal error: `%s' is not an aggregate"), | |
2095 | langdef->la_name_of_this); | |
2096 | ||
2097 | if (check_field (t, name, is_a_field_of_this)) | |
2098 | { | |
2099 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2100 | { | |
2101 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2102 | "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = NULL\n"); | |
2103 | } | |
2104 | return {}; | |
2105 | } | |
2106 | } | |
2107 | } | |
2108 | ||
2109 | /* Now do whatever is appropriate for LANGUAGE to look | |
2110 | up static and global variables. */ | |
2111 | ||
2112 | result = langdef->la_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (langdef, name, block, domain); | |
2113 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2114 | { | |
2115 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2116 | { | |
2117 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n", | |
2118 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); | |
2119 | } | |
2120 | return result; | |
2121 | } | |
2122 | ||
2123 | /* Now search all static file-level symbols. Not strictly correct, | |
2124 | but more useful than an error. */ | |
2125 | ||
2126 | result = lookup_static_symbol (name, domain); | |
2127 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2128 | { | |
2129 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "lookup_symbol_aux (...) = %s\n", | |
2130 | result.symbol != NULL | |
2131 | ? host_address_to_string (result.symbol) | |
2132 | : "NULL"); | |
2133 | } | |
2134 | return result; | |
2135 | } | |
2136 | ||
2137 | /* Check to see if the symbol is defined in BLOCK or its superiors. | |
2138 | Don't search STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK. */ | |
2139 | ||
2140 | static struct block_symbol | |
2141 | lookup_local_symbol (const char *name, | |
2142 | symbol_name_match_type match_type, | |
2143 | const struct block *block, | |
2144 | const domain_enum domain, | |
2145 | enum language language) | |
2146 | { | |
2147 | struct symbol *sym; | |
2148 | const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block); | |
2149 | const char *scope = block_scope (block); | |
2150 | ||
2151 | /* Check if either no block is specified or it's a global block. */ | |
2152 | ||
2153 | if (static_block == NULL) | |
2154 | return {}; | |
2155 | ||
2156 | while (block != static_block) | |
2157 | { | |
2158 | sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, match_type, block, domain); | |
2159 | if (sym != NULL) | |
2160 | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, block}; | |
2161 | ||
2162 | if (language == language_cplus || language == language_fortran) | |
2163 | { | |
2164 | struct block_symbol blocksym | |
2165 | = cp_lookup_symbol_imports_or_template (scope, name, block, | |
2166 | domain); | |
2167 | ||
2168 | if (blocksym.symbol != NULL) | |
2169 | return blocksym; | |
2170 | } | |
2171 | ||
2172 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) != NULL && block_inlined_p (block)) | |
2173 | break; | |
2174 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); | |
2175 | } | |
2176 | ||
2177 | /* We've reached the end of the function without finding a result. */ | |
2178 | ||
2179 | return {}; | |
2180 | } | |
2181 | ||
2182 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2183 | ||
2184 | struct objfile * | |
2185 | lookup_objfile_from_block (const struct block *block) | |
2186 | { | |
2187 | if (block == NULL) | |
2188 | return NULL; | |
2189 | ||
2190 | block = block_global_block (block); | |
2191 | /* Look through all blockvectors. */ | |
2192 | for (objfile *obj : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2193 | { | |
2194 | for (compunit_symtab *cust : obj->compunits ()) | |
2195 | if (block == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust), | |
2196 | GLOBAL_BLOCK)) | |
2197 | { | |
2198 | if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink) | |
2199 | obj = obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink; | |
2200 | ||
2201 | return obj; | |
2202 | } | |
2203 | } | |
2204 | ||
2205 | return NULL; | |
2206 | } | |
2207 | ||
2208 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2209 | ||
2210 | struct symbol * | |
2211 | lookup_symbol_in_block (const char *name, symbol_name_match_type match_type, | |
2212 | const struct block *block, | |
2213 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2214 | { | |
2215 | struct symbol *sym; | |
2216 | ||
2217 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2218 | { | |
2219 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); | |
2220 | ||
2221 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2222 | "lookup_symbol_in_block (%s, %s (objfile %s), %s)", | |
2223 | name, host_address_to_string (block), | |
2224 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | |
2225 | domain_name (domain)); | |
2226 | } | |
2227 | ||
2228 | sym = block_lookup_symbol (block, name, match_type, domain); | |
2229 | if (sym) | |
2230 | { | |
2231 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2232 | { | |
2233 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = %s\n", | |
2234 | host_address_to_string (sym)); | |
2235 | } | |
2236 | return fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL); | |
2237 | } | |
2238 | ||
2239 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2240 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n"); | |
2241 | return NULL; | |
2242 | } | |
2243 | ||
2244 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2245 | ||
2246 | struct block_symbol | |
2247 | lookup_global_symbol_from_objfile (struct objfile *main_objfile, | |
2248 | enum block_enum block_index, | |
2249 | const char *name, | |
2250 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2251 | { | |
2252 | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | |
2253 | ||
2254 | for (objfile *objfile : main_objfile->separate_debug_objfiles ()) | |
2255 | { | |
2256 | struct block_symbol result | |
2257 | = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, block_index, name, domain); | |
2258 | ||
2259 | if (result.symbol != nullptr) | |
2260 | return result; | |
2261 | } | |
2262 | ||
2263 | return {}; | |
2264 | } | |
2265 | ||
2266 | /* Check to see if the symbol is defined in one of the OBJFILE's | |
2267 | symtabs. BLOCK_INDEX should be either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK, | |
2268 | depending on whether or not we want to search global symbols or | |
2269 | static symbols. */ | |
2270 | ||
2271 | static struct block_symbol | |
2272 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (struct objfile *objfile, | |
2273 | enum block_enum block_index, const char *name, | |
2274 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2275 | { | |
2276 | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | |
2277 | ||
2278 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2279 | { | |
2280 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2281 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (%s, %s, %s, %s)", | |
2282 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | |
2283 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK | |
2284 | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", | |
2285 | name, domain_name (domain)); | |
2286 | } | |
2287 | ||
2288 | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | |
2289 | { | |
2290 | const struct blockvector *bv; | |
2291 | const struct block *block; | |
2292 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2293 | ||
2294 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
2295 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); | |
2296 | result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol_primary (block, name, domain); | |
2297 | result.block = block; | |
2298 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2299 | { | |
2300 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2301 | { | |
2302 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = %s (block %s)\n", | |
2303 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol), | |
2304 | host_address_to_string (block)); | |
2305 | } | |
2306 | result.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (result.symbol, objfile); | |
2307 | return result; | |
2308 | ||
2309 | } | |
2310 | } | |
2311 | ||
2312 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2313 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " = NULL\n"); | |
2314 | return {}; | |
2315 | } | |
2316 | ||
2317 | /* Wrapper around lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs for search_symbols. | |
2318 | Look up LINKAGE_NAME in DOMAIN in the global and static blocks of OBJFILE | |
2319 | and all associated separate debug objfiles. | |
2320 | ||
2321 | Normally we only look in OBJFILE, and not any separate debug objfiles | |
2322 | because the outer loop will cause them to be searched too. This case is | |
2323 | different. Here we're called from search_symbols where it will only | |
2324 | call us for the objfile that contains a matching minsym. */ | |
2325 | ||
2326 | static struct block_symbol | |
2327 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name (struct objfile *objfile, | |
2328 | const char *linkage_name, | |
2329 | domain_enum domain) | |
2330 | { | |
2331 | enum language lang = current_language->la_language; | |
2332 | struct objfile *main_objfile; | |
2333 | ||
2334 | demangle_result_storage storage; | |
2335 | const char *modified_name = demangle_for_lookup (linkage_name, lang, storage); | |
2336 | ||
2337 | if (objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink) | |
2338 | main_objfile = objfile->separate_debug_objfile_backlink; | |
2339 | else | |
2340 | main_objfile = objfile; | |
2341 | ||
2342 | for (::objfile *cur_objfile : main_objfile->separate_debug_objfiles ()) | |
2343 | { | |
2344 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2345 | ||
2346 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, | |
2347 | modified_name, domain); | |
2348 | if (result.symbol == NULL) | |
2349 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (cur_objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, | |
2350 | modified_name, domain); | |
2351 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2352 | return result; | |
2353 | } | |
2354 | ||
2355 | return {}; | |
2356 | } | |
2357 | ||
2358 | /* A helper function that throws an exception when a symbol was found | |
2359 | in a psymtab but not in a symtab. */ | |
2360 | ||
2361 | static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN | |
2362 | error_in_psymtab_expansion (enum block_enum block_index, const char *name, | |
2363 | struct compunit_symtab *cust) | |
2364 | { | |
2365 | error (_("\ | |
2366 | Internal: %s symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\ | |
2367 | %s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n \ | |
2368 | (if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>)."), | |
2369 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "global" : "static", | |
2370 | name, | |
2371 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (compunit_primary_filetab (cust)), | |
2372 | name, name); | |
2373 | } | |
2374 | ||
2375 | /* A helper function for various lookup routines that interfaces with | |
2376 | the "quick" symbol table functions. */ | |
2377 | ||
2378 | static struct block_symbol | |
2379 | lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (struct objfile *objfile, | |
2380 | enum block_enum block_index, const char *name, | |
2381 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2382 | { | |
2383 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | |
2384 | const struct blockvector *bv; | |
2385 | const struct block *block; | |
2386 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2387 | ||
2388 | if (!objfile->sf) | |
2389 | return {}; | |
2390 | ||
2391 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2392 | { | |
2393 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2394 | "lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (%s, %s, %s, %s)\n", | |
2395 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | |
2396 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK | |
2397 | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", | |
2398 | name, domain_name (domain)); | |
2399 | } | |
2400 | ||
2401 | cust = objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symbol (objfile, block_index, name, domain); | |
2402 | if (cust == NULL) | |
2403 | { | |
2404 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2405 | { | |
2406 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2407 | "lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = NULL\n"); | |
2408 | } | |
2409 | return {}; | |
2410 | } | |
2411 | ||
2412 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
2413 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); | |
2414 | result.symbol = block_lookup_symbol (block, name, | |
2415 | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, domain); | |
2416 | if (result.symbol == NULL) | |
2417 | error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust); | |
2418 | ||
2419 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
2420 | { | |
2421 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2422 | "lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (...) = %s (block %s)\n", | |
2423 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol), | |
2424 | host_address_to_string (block)); | |
2425 | } | |
2426 | ||
2427 | result.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (result.symbol, objfile); | |
2428 | result.block = block; | |
2429 | return result; | |
2430 | } | |
2431 | ||
2432 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2433 | ||
2434 | struct block_symbol | |
2435 | basic_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const struct language_defn *langdef, | |
2436 | const char *name, | |
2437 | const struct block *block, | |
2438 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2439 | { | |
2440 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2441 | ||
2442 | /* NOTE: dje/2014-10-26: The lookup in all objfiles search could skip | |
2443 | the current objfile. Searching the current objfile first is useful | |
2444 | for both matching user expectations as well as performance. */ | |
2445 | ||
2446 | result = lookup_symbol_in_static_block (name, block, domain); | |
2447 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2448 | return result; | |
2449 | ||
2450 | /* If we didn't find a definition for a builtin type in the static block, | |
2451 | search for it now. This is actually the right thing to do and can be | |
2452 | a massive performance win. E.g., when debugging a program with lots of | |
2453 | shared libraries we could search all of them only to find out the | |
2454 | builtin type isn't defined in any of them. This is common for types | |
2455 | like "void". */ | |
2456 | if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN) | |
2457 | { | |
2458 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; | |
2459 | ||
2460 | if (block == NULL) | |
2461 | gdbarch = target_gdbarch (); | |
2462 | else | |
2463 | gdbarch = block_gdbarch (block); | |
2464 | result.symbol = language_lookup_primitive_type_as_symbol (langdef, | |
2465 | gdbarch, name); | |
2466 | result.block = NULL; | |
2467 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2468 | return result; | |
2469 | } | |
2470 | ||
2471 | return lookup_global_symbol (name, block, domain); | |
2472 | } | |
2473 | ||
2474 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2475 | ||
2476 | struct block_symbol | |
2477 | lookup_symbol_in_static_block (const char *name, | |
2478 | const struct block *block, | |
2479 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2480 | { | |
2481 | const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block); | |
2482 | struct symbol *sym; | |
2483 | ||
2484 | if (static_block == NULL) | |
2485 | return {}; | |
2486 | ||
2487 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2488 | { | |
2489 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (static_block); | |
2490 | ||
2491 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2492 | "lookup_symbol_in_static_block (%s, %s (objfile %s)," | |
2493 | " %s)\n", | |
2494 | name, | |
2495 | host_address_to_string (block), | |
2496 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | |
2497 | domain_name (domain)); | |
2498 | } | |
2499 | ||
2500 | sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, | |
2501 | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | |
2502 | static_block, domain); | |
2503 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2504 | { | |
2505 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2506 | "lookup_symbol_in_static_block (...) = %s\n", | |
2507 | sym != NULL ? host_address_to_string (sym) : "NULL"); | |
2508 | } | |
2509 | return (struct block_symbol) {sym, static_block}; | |
2510 | } | |
2511 | ||
2512 | /* Perform the standard symbol lookup of NAME in OBJFILE: | |
2513 | 1) First search expanded symtabs, and if not found | |
2514 | 2) Search the "quick" symtabs (partial or .gdb_index). | |
2515 | BLOCK_INDEX is one of GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK. */ | |
2516 | ||
2517 | static struct block_symbol | |
2518 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile (struct objfile *objfile, enum block_enum block_index, | |
2519 | const char *name, const domain_enum domain) | |
2520 | { | |
2521 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2522 | ||
2523 | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | |
2524 | ||
2525 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2526 | { | |
2527 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2528 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile (%s, %s, %s, %s)\n", | |
2529 | objfile_debug_name (objfile), | |
2530 | block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK | |
2531 | ? "GLOBAL_BLOCK" : "STATIC_BLOCK", | |
2532 | name, domain_name (domain)); | |
2533 | } | |
2534 | ||
2535 | result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile_symtabs (objfile, block_index, | |
2536 | name, domain); | |
2537 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2538 | { | |
2539 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2540 | { | |
2541 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2542 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s" | |
2543 | " (in symtabs)\n", | |
2544 | host_address_to_string (result.symbol)); | |
2545 | } | |
2546 | return result; | |
2547 | } | |
2548 | ||
2549 | result = lookup_symbol_via_quick_fns (objfile, block_index, | |
2550 | name, domain); | |
2551 | if (symbol_lookup_debug) | |
2552 | { | |
2553 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
2554 | "lookup_symbol_in_objfile (...) = %s%s\n", | |
2555 | result.symbol != NULL | |
2556 | ? host_address_to_string (result.symbol) | |
2557 | : "NULL", | |
2558 | result.symbol != NULL ? " (via quick fns)" : ""); | |
2559 | } | |
2560 | return result; | |
2561 | } | |
2562 | ||
2563 | /* Private data to be used with lookup_symbol_global_iterator_cb. */ | |
2564 | ||
2565 | struct global_or_static_sym_lookup_data | |
2566 | { | |
2567 | /* The name of the symbol we are searching for. */ | |
2568 | const char *name; | |
2569 | ||
2570 | /* The domain to use for our search. */ | |
2571 | domain_enum domain; | |
2572 | ||
2573 | /* The block index in which to search. */ | |
2574 | enum block_enum block_index; | |
2575 | ||
2576 | /* The field where the callback should store the symbol if found. | |
2577 | It should be initialized to {NULL, NULL} before the search is started. */ | |
2578 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2579 | }; | |
2580 | ||
2581 | /* A callback function for gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order. | |
2582 | It searches by name for a symbol in the block given by BLOCK_INDEX of the | |
2583 | given OBJFILE. The arguments for the search are passed via CB_DATA, which | |
2584 | in reality is a pointer to struct global_or_static_sym_lookup_data. */ | |
2585 | ||
2586 | static int | |
2587 | lookup_symbol_global_or_static_iterator_cb (struct objfile *objfile, | |
2588 | void *cb_data) | |
2589 | { | |
2590 | struct global_or_static_sym_lookup_data *data = | |
2591 | (struct global_or_static_sym_lookup_data *) cb_data; | |
2592 | ||
2593 | gdb_assert (data->result.symbol == NULL | |
2594 | && data->result.block == NULL); | |
2595 | ||
2596 | data->result = lookup_symbol_in_objfile (objfile, data->block_index, | |
2597 | data->name, data->domain); | |
2598 | ||
2599 | /* If we found a match, tell the iterator to stop. Otherwise, | |
2600 | keep going. */ | |
2601 | return (data->result.symbol != NULL); | |
2602 | } | |
2603 | ||
2604 | /* This function contains the common code of lookup_{global,static}_symbol. | |
2605 | OBJFILE is only used if BLOCK_INDEX is GLOBAL_SCOPE, in which case it is | |
2606 | the objfile to start the lookup in. */ | |
2607 | ||
2608 | static struct block_symbol | |
2609 | lookup_global_or_static_symbol (const char *name, | |
2610 | enum block_enum block_index, | |
2611 | struct objfile *objfile, | |
2612 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2613 | { | |
2614 | struct symbol_cache *cache = get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); | |
2615 | struct block_symbol result; | |
2616 | struct global_or_static_sym_lookup_data lookup_data; | |
2617 | struct block_symbol_cache *bsc; | |
2618 | struct symbol_cache_slot *slot; | |
2619 | ||
2620 | gdb_assert (block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block_index == STATIC_BLOCK); | |
2621 | gdb_assert (objfile == nullptr || block_index == GLOBAL_BLOCK); | |
2622 | ||
2623 | /* First see if we can find the symbol in the cache. | |
2624 | This works because we use the current objfile to qualify the lookup. */ | |
2625 | result = symbol_cache_lookup (cache, objfile, block_index, name, domain, | |
2626 | &bsc, &slot); | |
2627 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2628 | { | |
2629 | if (SYMBOL_LOOKUP_FAILED_P (result)) | |
2630 | return {}; | |
2631 | return result; | |
2632 | } | |
2633 | ||
2634 | /* Do a global search (of global blocks, heh). */ | |
2635 | if (result.symbol == NULL) | |
2636 | { | |
2637 | memset (&lookup_data, 0, sizeof (lookup_data)); | |
2638 | lookup_data.name = name; | |
2639 | lookup_data.block_index = block_index; | |
2640 | lookup_data.domain = domain; | |
2641 | gdbarch_iterate_over_objfiles_in_search_order | |
2642 | (objfile != NULL ? get_objfile_arch (objfile) : target_gdbarch (), | |
2643 | lookup_symbol_global_or_static_iterator_cb, &lookup_data, objfile); | |
2644 | result = lookup_data.result; | |
2645 | } | |
2646 | ||
2647 | if (result.symbol != NULL) | |
2648 | symbol_cache_mark_found (bsc, slot, objfile, result.symbol, result.block); | |
2649 | else | |
2650 | symbol_cache_mark_not_found (bsc, slot, objfile, name, domain); | |
2651 | ||
2652 | return result; | |
2653 | } | |
2654 | ||
2655 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2656 | ||
2657 | struct block_symbol | |
2658 | lookup_static_symbol (const char *name, const domain_enum domain) | |
2659 | { | |
2660 | return lookup_global_or_static_symbol (name, STATIC_BLOCK, nullptr, domain); | |
2661 | } | |
2662 | ||
2663 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2664 | ||
2665 | struct block_symbol | |
2666 | lookup_global_symbol (const char *name, | |
2667 | const struct block *block, | |
2668 | const domain_enum domain) | |
2669 | { | |
2670 | /* If a block was passed in, we want to search the corresponding | |
2671 | global block first. This yields "more expected" behavior, and is | |
2672 | needed to support 'FILENAME'::VARIABLE lookups. */ | |
2673 | const struct block *global_block = block_global_block (block); | |
2674 | if (global_block != nullptr) | |
2675 | { | |
2676 | symbol *sym = lookup_symbol_in_block (name, | |
2677 | symbol_name_match_type::FULL, | |
2678 | global_block, domain); | |
2679 | if (sym != nullptr) | |
2680 | return { sym, global_block }; | |
2681 | } | |
2682 | ||
2683 | struct objfile *objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block); | |
2684 | return lookup_global_or_static_symbol (name, GLOBAL_BLOCK, objfile, domain); | |
2685 | } | |
2686 | ||
2687 | bool | |
2688 | symbol_matches_domain (enum language symbol_language, | |
2689 | domain_enum symbol_domain, | |
2690 | domain_enum domain) | |
2691 | { | |
2692 | /* For C++ "struct foo { ... }" also defines a typedef for "foo". | |
2693 | Similarly, any Ada type declaration implicitly defines a typedef. */ | |
2694 | if (symbol_language == language_cplus | |
2695 | || symbol_language == language_d | |
2696 | || symbol_language == language_ada | |
2697 | || symbol_language == language_rust) | |
2698 | { | |
2699 | if ((domain == VAR_DOMAIN || domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN) | |
2700 | && symbol_domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN) | |
2701 | return true; | |
2702 | } | |
2703 | /* For all other languages, strict match is required. */ | |
2704 | return (symbol_domain == domain); | |
2705 | } | |
2706 | ||
2707 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2708 | ||
2709 | struct type * | |
2710 | lookup_transparent_type (const char *name) | |
2711 | { | |
2712 | return current_language->la_lookup_transparent_type (name); | |
2713 | } | |
2714 | ||
2715 | /* A helper for basic_lookup_transparent_type that interfaces with the | |
2716 | "quick" symbol table functions. */ | |
2717 | ||
2718 | static struct type * | |
2719 | basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (struct objfile *objfile, | |
2720 | enum block_enum block_index, | |
2721 | const char *name) | |
2722 | { | |
2723 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | |
2724 | const struct blockvector *bv; | |
2725 | const struct block *block; | |
2726 | struct symbol *sym; | |
2727 | ||
2728 | if (!objfile->sf) | |
2729 | return NULL; | |
2730 | cust = objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symbol (objfile, block_index, name, | |
2731 | STRUCT_DOMAIN); | |
2732 | if (cust == NULL) | |
2733 | return NULL; | |
2734 | ||
2735 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
2736 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); | |
2737 | sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN, | |
2738 | block_find_non_opaque_type, NULL); | |
2739 | if (sym == NULL) | |
2740 | error_in_psymtab_expansion (block_index, name, cust); | |
2741 | gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))); | |
2742 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); | |
2743 | } | |
2744 | ||
2745 | /* Subroutine of basic_lookup_transparent_type to simplify it. | |
2746 | Look up the non-opaque definition of NAME in BLOCK_INDEX of OBJFILE. | |
2747 | BLOCK_INDEX is either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK. */ | |
2748 | ||
2749 | static struct type * | |
2750 | basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (struct objfile *objfile, | |
2751 | enum block_enum block_index, | |
2752 | const char *name) | |
2753 | { | |
2754 | const struct blockvector *bv; | |
2755 | const struct block *block; | |
2756 | const struct symbol *sym; | |
2757 | ||
2758 | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | |
2759 | { | |
2760 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
2761 | block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index); | |
2762 | sym = block_find_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN, | |
2763 | block_find_non_opaque_type, NULL); | |
2764 | if (sym != NULL) | |
2765 | { | |
2766 | gdb_assert (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))); | |
2767 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); | |
2768 | } | |
2769 | } | |
2770 | ||
2771 | return NULL; | |
2772 | } | |
2773 | ||
2774 | /* The standard implementation of lookup_transparent_type. This code | |
2775 | was modeled on lookup_symbol -- the parts not relevant to looking | |
2776 | up types were just left out. In particular it's assumed here that | |
2777 | types are available in STRUCT_DOMAIN and only in file-static or | |
2778 | global blocks. */ | |
2779 | ||
2780 | struct type * | |
2781 | basic_lookup_transparent_type (const char *name) | |
2782 | { | |
2783 | struct type *t; | |
2784 | ||
2785 | /* Now search all the global symbols. Do the symtab's first, then | |
2786 | check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence | |
2787 | of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab | |
2788 | conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */ | |
2789 | ||
2790 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2791 | { | |
2792 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name); | |
2793 | if (t) | |
2794 | return t; | |
2795 | } | |
2796 | ||
2797 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2798 | { | |
2799 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name); | |
2800 | if (t) | |
2801 | return t; | |
2802 | } | |
2803 | ||
2804 | /* Now search the static file-level symbols. | |
2805 | Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error. | |
2806 | Do the symtab's first, then | |
2807 | check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence | |
2808 | of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab | |
2809 | conversion on the fly and return the found symbol. */ | |
2810 | ||
2811 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2812 | { | |
2813 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_1 (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name); | |
2814 | if (t) | |
2815 | return t; | |
2816 | } | |
2817 | ||
2818 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name); | |
2821 | if (t) | |
2822 | return t; | |
2823 | } | |
2824 | ||
2825 | return (struct type *) 0; | |
2826 | } | |
2827 | ||
2828 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2829 | ||
2830 | bool | |
2831 | iterate_over_symbols (const struct block *block, | |
2832 | const lookup_name_info &name, | |
2833 | const domain_enum domain, | |
2834 | gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback) | |
2835 | { | |
2836 | struct block_iterator iter; | |
2837 | struct symbol *sym; | |
2838 | ||
2839 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS_WITH_NAME (block, name, iter, sym) | |
2840 | { | |
2841 | if (symbol_matches_domain (sym->language (), SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) | |
2842 | { | |
2843 | struct block_symbol block_sym = {sym, block}; | |
2844 | ||
2845 | if (!callback (&block_sym)) | |
2846 | return false; | |
2847 | } | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | return true; | |
2850 | } | |
2851 | ||
2852 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2853 | ||
2854 | bool | |
2855 | iterate_over_symbols_terminated | |
2856 | (const struct block *block, | |
2857 | const lookup_name_info &name, | |
2858 | const domain_enum domain, | |
2859 | gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback) | |
2860 | { | |
2861 | if (!iterate_over_symbols (block, name, domain, callback)) | |
2862 | return false; | |
2863 | struct block_symbol block_sym = {nullptr, block}; | |
2864 | return callback (&block_sym); | |
2865 | } | |
2866 | ||
2867 | /* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC and SECTION. | |
2868 | This will read in debug info as necessary. */ | |
2869 | ||
2870 | struct compunit_symtab * | |
2871 | find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section) | |
2872 | { | |
2873 | struct compunit_symtab *best_cust = NULL; | |
2874 | CORE_ADDR distance = 0; | |
2875 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol; | |
2876 | ||
2877 | /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure. This is | |
2878 | necessary because we loop based on the block's high and low code | |
2879 | addresses, which do not include the data ranges, and because | |
2880 | we call find_pc_sect_psymtab which has a similar restriction based | |
2881 | on the partial_symtab's texthigh and textlow. */ | |
2882 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section); | |
2883 | if (msymbol.minsym && msymbol.minsym->data_p ()) | |
2884 | return NULL; | |
2885 | ||
2886 | /* Search all symtabs for the one whose file contains our address, and which | |
2887 | is the smallest of all the ones containing the address. This is designed | |
2888 | to deal with a case like symtab a is at 0x1000-0x2000 and 0x3000-0x4000 | |
2889 | and symtab b is at 0x2000-0x3000. So the GLOBAL_BLOCK for a is from | |
2890 | 0x1000-0x4000, but for address 0x2345 we want to return symtab b. | |
2891 | ||
2892 | This happens for native ecoff format, where code from included files | |
2893 | gets its own symtab. The symtab for the included file should have | |
2894 | been read in already via the dependency mechanism. | |
2895 | It might be swifter to create several symtabs with the same name | |
2896 | like xcoff does (I'm not sure). | |
2897 | ||
2898 | It also happens for objfiles that have their functions reordered. | |
2899 | For these, the symtab we are looking for is not necessarily read in. */ | |
2900 | ||
2901 | for (objfile *obj_file : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2902 | { | |
2903 | for (compunit_symtab *cust : obj_file->compunits ()) | |
2904 | { | |
2905 | const struct block *b; | |
2906 | const struct blockvector *bv; | |
2907 | ||
2908 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
2909 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK); | |
2910 | ||
2911 | if (BLOCK_START (b) <= pc | |
2912 | && BLOCK_END (b) > pc | |
2913 | && (distance == 0 | |
2914 | || BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b) < distance)) | |
2915 | { | |
2916 | /* For an objfile that has its functions reordered, | |
2917 | find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table | |
2918 | and we simply return its corresponding symtab. */ | |
2919 | /* In order to better support objfiles that contain both | |
2920 | stabs and coff debugging info, we continue on if a psymtab | |
2921 | can't be found. */ | |
2922 | if ((obj_file->flags & OBJF_REORDERED) && obj_file->sf) | |
2923 | { | |
2924 | struct compunit_symtab *result; | |
2925 | ||
2926 | result | |
2927 | = obj_file->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (obj_file, | |
2928 | msymbol, | |
2929 | pc, | |
2930 | section, | |
2931 | 0); | |
2932 | if (result != NULL) | |
2933 | return result; | |
2934 | } | |
2935 | if (section != 0) | |
2936 | { | |
2937 | struct block_iterator iter; | |
2938 | struct symbol *sym = NULL; | |
2939 | ||
2940 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) | |
2941 | { | |
2942 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, obj_file); | |
2943 | if (matching_obj_sections (SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (obj_file, | |
2944 | sym), | |
2945 | section)) | |
2946 | break; | |
2947 | } | |
2948 | if (sym == NULL) | |
2949 | continue; /* No symbol in this symtab matches | |
2950 | section. */ | |
2951 | } | |
2952 | distance = BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b); | |
2953 | best_cust = cust; | |
2954 | } | |
2955 | } | |
2956 | } | |
2957 | ||
2958 | if (best_cust != NULL) | |
2959 | return best_cust; | |
2960 | ||
2961 | /* Not found in symtabs, search the "quick" symtabs (e.g. psymtabs). */ | |
2962 | ||
2963 | for (objfile *objf : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2964 | { | |
2965 | struct compunit_symtab *result; | |
2966 | ||
2967 | if (!objf->sf) | |
2968 | continue; | |
2969 | result = objf->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (objf, | |
2970 | msymbol, | |
2971 | pc, section, | |
2972 | 1); | |
2973 | if (result != NULL) | |
2974 | return result; | |
2975 | } | |
2976 | ||
2977 | return NULL; | |
2978 | } | |
2979 | ||
2980 | /* Find the compunit symtab associated with PC. | |
2981 | This will read in debug info as necessary. | |
2982 | Backward compatibility, no section. */ | |
2983 | ||
2984 | struct compunit_symtab * | |
2985 | find_pc_compunit_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc) | |
2986 | { | |
2987 | return find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc)); | |
2988 | } | |
2989 | ||
2990 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
2991 | ||
2992 | struct symbol * | |
2993 | find_symbol_at_address (CORE_ADDR address) | |
2994 | { | |
2995 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
2996 | { | |
2997 | if (objfile->sf == NULL | |
2998 | || objfile->sf->qf->find_compunit_symtab_by_address == NULL) | |
2999 | continue; | |
3000 | ||
3001 | struct compunit_symtab *symtab | |
3002 | = objfile->sf->qf->find_compunit_symtab_by_address (objfile, address); | |
3003 | if (symtab != NULL) | |
3004 | { | |
3005 | const struct blockvector *bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (symtab); | |
3006 | ||
3007 | for (int i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; ++i) | |
3008 | { | |
3009 | const struct block *b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i); | |
3010 | struct block_iterator iter; | |
3011 | struct symbol *sym; | |
3012 | ||
3013 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) | |
3014 | { | |
3015 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_STATIC | |
3016 | && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) == address) | |
3017 | return sym; | |
3018 | } | |
3019 | } | |
3020 | } | |
3021 | } | |
3022 | ||
3023 | return NULL; | |
3024 | } | |
3025 | ||
3026 | \f | |
3027 | ||
3028 | /* Find the source file and line number for a given PC value and SECTION. | |
3029 | Return a structure containing a symtab pointer, a line number, | |
3030 | and a pc range for the entire source line. | |
3031 | The value's .pc field is NOT the specified pc. | |
3032 | NOTCURRENT nonzero means, if specified pc is on a line boundary, | |
3033 | use the line that ends there. Otherwise, in that case, the line | |
3034 | that begins there is used. */ | |
3035 | ||
3036 | /* The big complication here is that a line may start in one file, and end just | |
3037 | before the start of another file. This usually occurs when you #include | |
3038 | code in the middle of a subroutine. To properly find the end of a line's PC | |
3039 | range, we must search all symtabs associated with this compilation unit, and | |
3040 | find the one whose first PC is closer than that of the next line in this | |
3041 | symtab. */ | |
3042 | ||
3043 | struct symtab_and_line | |
3044 | find_pc_sect_line (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section, int notcurrent) | |
3045 | { | |
3046 | struct compunit_symtab *cust; | |
3047 | struct linetable *l; | |
3048 | int len; | |
3049 | struct linetable_entry *item; | |
3050 | const struct blockvector *bv; | |
3051 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol; | |
3052 | ||
3053 | /* Info on best line seen so far, and where it starts, and its file. */ | |
3054 | ||
3055 | struct linetable_entry *best = NULL; | |
3056 | CORE_ADDR best_end = 0; | |
3057 | struct symtab *best_symtab = 0; | |
3058 | ||
3059 | /* Store here the first line number | |
3060 | of a file which contains the line at the smallest pc after PC. | |
3061 | If we don't find a line whose range contains PC, | |
3062 | we will use a line one less than this, | |
3063 | with a range from the start of that file to the first line's pc. */ | |
3064 | struct linetable_entry *alt = NULL; | |
3065 | ||
3066 | /* Info on best line seen in this file. */ | |
3067 | ||
3068 | struct linetable_entry *prev; | |
3069 | ||
3070 | /* If this pc is not from the current frame, | |
3071 | it is the address of the end of a call instruction. | |
3072 | Quite likely that is the start of the following statement. | |
3073 | But what we want is the statement containing the instruction. | |
3074 | Fudge the pc to make sure we get that. */ | |
3075 | ||
3076 | /* It's tempting to assume that, if we can't find debugging info for | |
3077 | any function enclosing PC, that we shouldn't search for line | |
3078 | number info, either. However, GAS can emit line number info for | |
3079 | assembly files --- very helpful when debugging hand-written | |
3080 | assembly code. In such a case, we'd have no debug info for the | |
3081 | function, but we would have line info. */ | |
3082 | ||
3083 | if (notcurrent) | |
3084 | pc -= 1; | |
3085 | ||
3086 | /* elz: added this because this function returned the wrong | |
3087 | information if the pc belongs to a stub (import/export) | |
3088 | to call a shlib function. This stub would be anywhere between | |
3089 | two functions in the target, and the line info was erroneously | |
3090 | taken to be the one of the line before the pc. */ | |
3091 | ||
3092 | /* RT: Further explanation: | |
3093 | ||
3094 | * We have stubs (trampolines) inserted between procedures. | |
3095 | * | |
3096 | * Example: "shr1" exists in a shared library, and a "shr1" stub also | |
3097 | * exists in the main image. | |
3098 | * | |
3099 | * In the minimal symbol table, we have a bunch of symbols | |
3100 | * sorted by start address. The stubs are marked as "trampoline", | |
3101 | * the others appear as text. E.g.: | |
3102 | * | |
3103 | * Minimal symbol table for main image | |
3104 | * main: code for main (text symbol) | |
3105 | * shr1: stub (trampoline symbol) | |
3106 | * foo: code for foo (text symbol) | |
3107 | * ... | |
3108 | * Minimal symbol table for "shr1" image: | |
3109 | * ... | |
3110 | * shr1: code for shr1 (text symbol) | |
3111 | * ... | |
3112 | * | |
3113 | * So the code below is trying to detect if we are in the stub | |
3114 | * ("shr1" stub), and if so, find the real code ("shr1" trampoline), | |
3115 | * and if found, do the symbolization from the real-code address | |
3116 | * rather than the stub address. | |
3117 | * | |
3118 | * Assumptions being made about the minimal symbol table: | |
3119 | * 1. lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc() will return a trampoline only | |
3120 | * if we're really in the trampoline.s If we're beyond it (say | |
3121 | * we're in "foo" in the above example), it'll have a closer | |
3122 | * symbol (the "foo" text symbol for example) and will not | |
3123 | * return the trampoline. | |
3124 | * 2. lookup_minimal_symbol_text() will find a real text symbol | |
3125 | * corresponding to the trampoline, and whose address will | |
3126 | * be different than the trampoline address. I put in a sanity | |
3127 | * check for the address being the same, to avoid an | |
3128 | * infinite recursion. | |
3129 | */ | |
3130 | msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc); | |
3131 | if (msymbol.minsym != NULL) | |
3132 | if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol.minsym) == mst_solib_trampoline) | |
3133 | { | |
3134 | struct bound_minimal_symbol mfunsym | |
3135 | = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (msymbol.minsym->linkage_name (), | |
3136 | NULL); | |
3137 | ||
3138 | if (mfunsym.minsym == NULL) | |
3139 | /* I eliminated this warning since it is coming out | |
3140 | * in the following situation: | |
3141 | * gdb shmain // test program with shared libraries | |
3142 | * (gdb) break shr1 // function in shared lib | |
3143 | * Warning: In stub for ... | |
3144 | * In the above situation, the shared lib is not loaded yet, | |
3145 | * so of course we can't find the real func/line info, | |
3146 | * but the "break" still works, and the warning is annoying. | |
3147 | * So I commented out the warning. RT */ | |
3148 | /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", | |
3149 | msymbol->linkage_name ()); */ | |
3150 | ; | |
3151 | /* fall through */ | |
3152 | else if (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (mfunsym) | |
3153 | == BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)) | |
3154 | /* Avoid infinite recursion */ | |
3155 | /* See above comment about why warning is commented out. */ | |
3156 | /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", | |
3157 | msymbol->linkage_name ()); */ | |
3158 | ; | |
3159 | /* fall through */ | |
3160 | else | |
3161 | return find_pc_line (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (mfunsym), 0); | |
3162 | } | |
3163 | ||
3164 | symtab_and_line val; | |
3165 | val.pspace = current_program_space; | |
3166 | ||
3167 | cust = find_pc_sect_compunit_symtab (pc, section); | |
3168 | if (cust == NULL) | |
3169 | { | |
3170 | /* If no symbol information, return previous pc. */ | |
3171 | if (notcurrent) | |
3172 | pc++; | |
3173 | val.pc = pc; | |
3174 | return val; | |
3175 | } | |
3176 | ||
3177 | bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
3178 | ||
3179 | /* Look at all the symtabs that share this blockvector. | |
3180 | They all have the same apriori range, that we found was right; | |
3181 | but they have different line tables. */ | |
3182 | ||
3183 | for (symtab *iter_s : compunit_filetabs (cust)) | |
3184 | { | |
3185 | /* Find the best line in this symtab. */ | |
3186 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (iter_s); | |
3187 | if (!l) | |
3188 | continue; | |
3189 | len = l->nitems; | |
3190 | if (len <= 0) | |
3191 | { | |
3192 | /* I think len can be zero if the symtab lacks line numbers | |
3193 | (e.g. gcc -g1). (Either that or the LINETABLE is NULL; | |
3194 | I'm not sure which, and maybe it depends on the symbol | |
3195 | reader). */ | |
3196 | continue; | |
3197 | } | |
3198 | ||
3199 | prev = NULL; | |
3200 | item = l->item; /* Get first line info. */ | |
3201 | ||
3202 | /* Is this file's first line closer than the first lines of other files? | |
3203 | If so, record this file, and its first line, as best alternate. */ | |
3204 | if (item->pc > pc && (!alt || item->pc < alt->pc)) | |
3205 | alt = item; | |
3206 | ||
3207 | auto pc_compare = [](const CORE_ADDR & comp_pc, | |
3208 | const struct linetable_entry & lhs)->bool | |
3209 | { | |
3210 | return comp_pc < lhs.pc; | |
3211 | }; | |
3212 | ||
3213 | struct linetable_entry *first = item; | |
3214 | struct linetable_entry *last = item + len; | |
3215 | item = std::upper_bound (first, last, pc, pc_compare); | |
3216 | if (item != first) | |
3217 | { | |
3218 | /* Found a matching item. Skip backwards over any end of | |
3219 | sequence markers. */ | |
3220 | for (prev = item - 1; prev->line == 0 && prev != first; prev--) | |
3221 | /* Nothing. */; | |
3222 | } | |
3223 | ||
3224 | /* At this point, prev points at the line whose start addr is <= pc, and | |
3225 | item points at the next line. If we ran off the end of the linetable | |
3226 | (pc >= start of the last line), then prev == item. If pc < start of | |
3227 | the first line, prev will not be set. */ | |
3228 | ||
3229 | /* Is this file's best line closer than the best in the other files? | |
3230 | If so, record this file, and its best line, as best so far. Don't | |
3231 | save prev if it represents the end of a function (i.e. line number | |
3232 | 0) instead of a real line. */ | |
3233 | ||
3234 | if (prev && prev->line && (!best || prev->pc > best->pc)) | |
3235 | { | |
3236 | best = prev; | |
3237 | best_symtab = iter_s; | |
3238 | ||
3239 | /* Discard BEST_END if it's before the PC of the current BEST. */ | |
3240 | if (best_end <= best->pc) | |
3241 | best_end = 0; | |
3242 | } | |
3243 | ||
3244 | /* If another line (denoted by ITEM) is in the linetable and its | |
3245 | PC is after BEST's PC, but before the current BEST_END, then | |
3246 | use ITEM's PC as the new best_end. */ | |
3247 | if (best && item < last && item->pc > best->pc | |
3248 | && (best_end == 0 || best_end > item->pc)) | |
3249 | best_end = item->pc; | |
3250 | } | |
3251 | ||
3252 | if (!best_symtab) | |
3253 | { | |
3254 | /* If we didn't find any line number info, just return zeros. | |
3255 | We used to return alt->line - 1 here, but that could be | |
3256 | anywhere; if we don't have line number info for this PC, | |
3257 | don't make some up. */ | |
3258 | val.pc = pc; | |
3259 | } | |
3260 | else if (best->line == 0) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | /* If our best fit is in a range of PC's for which no line | |
3263 | number info is available (line number is zero) then we didn't | |
3264 | find any valid line information. */ | |
3265 | val.pc = pc; | |
3266 | } | |
3267 | else | |
3268 | { | |
3269 | val.symtab = best_symtab; | |
3270 | val.line = best->line; | |
3271 | val.pc = best->pc; | |
3272 | if (best_end && (!alt || best_end < alt->pc)) | |
3273 | val.end = best_end; | |
3274 | else if (alt) | |
3275 | val.end = alt->pc; | |
3276 | else | |
3277 | val.end = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK)); | |
3278 | } | |
3279 | val.section = section; | |
3280 | return val; | |
3281 | } | |
3282 | ||
3283 | /* Backward compatibility (no section). */ | |
3284 | ||
3285 | struct symtab_and_line | |
3286 | find_pc_line (CORE_ADDR pc, int notcurrent) | |
3287 | { | |
3288 | struct obj_section *section; | |
3289 | ||
3290 | section = find_pc_overlay (pc); | |
3291 | if (pc_in_unmapped_range (pc, section)) | |
3292 | pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section); | |
3293 | return find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent); | |
3294 | } | |
3295 | ||
3296 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
3297 | ||
3298 | struct symtab * | |
3299 | find_pc_line_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc) | |
3300 | { | |
3301 | struct symtab_and_line sal; | |
3302 | ||
3303 | /* This always passes zero for NOTCURRENT to find_pc_line. | |
3304 | There are currently no callers that ever pass non-zero. */ | |
3305 | sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); | |
3306 | return sal.symtab; | |
3307 | } | |
3308 | \f | |
3309 | /* Find line number LINE in any symtab whose name is the same as | |
3310 | SYMTAB. | |
3311 | ||
3312 | If found, return the symtab that contains the linetable in which it was | |
3313 | found, set *INDEX to the index in the linetable of the best entry | |
3314 | found, and set *EXACT_MATCH to true if the value returned is an | |
3315 | exact match. | |
3316 | ||
3317 | If not found, return NULL. */ | |
3318 | ||
3319 | struct symtab * | |
3320 | find_line_symtab (struct symtab *sym_tab, int line, | |
3321 | int *index, bool *exact_match) | |
3322 | { | |
3323 | int exact = 0; /* Initialized here to avoid a compiler warning. */ | |
3324 | ||
3325 | /* BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the smallest linenumber > LINE | |
3326 | so far seen. */ | |
3327 | ||
3328 | int best_index; | |
3329 | struct linetable *best_linetable; | |
3330 | struct symtab *best_symtab; | |
3331 | ||
3332 | /* First try looking it up in the given symtab. */ | |
3333 | best_linetable = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (sym_tab); | |
3334 | best_symtab = sym_tab; | |
3335 | best_index = find_line_common (best_linetable, line, &exact, 0); | |
3336 | if (best_index < 0 || !exact) | |
3337 | { | |
3338 | /* Didn't find an exact match. So we better keep looking for | |
3339 | another symtab with the same name. In the case of xcoff, | |
3340 | multiple csects for one source file (produced by IBM's FORTRAN | |
3341 | compiler) produce multiple symtabs (this is unavoidable | |
3342 | assuming csects can be at arbitrary places in memory and that | |
3343 | the GLOBAL_BLOCK of a symtab has a begin and end address). */ | |
3344 | ||
3345 | /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINE so far seen, | |
3346 | or 0 if none has been seen so far. | |
3347 | BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the item for it. */ | |
3348 | int best; | |
3349 | ||
3350 | if (best_index >= 0) | |
3351 | best = best_linetable->item[best_index].line; | |
3352 | else | |
3353 | best = 0; | |
3354 | ||
3355 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
3356 | { | |
3357 | if (objfile->sf) | |
3358 | objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_with_fullname | |
3359 | (objfile, symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab)); | |
3360 | } | |
3361 | ||
3362 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
3363 | { | |
3364 | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) | |
3365 | { | |
3366 | for (symtab *s : compunit_filetabs (cu)) | |
3367 | { | |
3368 | struct linetable *l; | |
3369 | int ind; | |
3370 | ||
3371 | if (FILENAME_CMP (sym_tab->filename, s->filename) != 0) | |
3372 | continue; | |
3373 | if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab_to_fullname (sym_tab), | |
3374 | symtab_to_fullname (s)) != 0) | |
3375 | continue; | |
3376 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (s); | |
3377 | ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact, 0); | |
3378 | if (ind >= 0) | |
3379 | { | |
3380 | if (exact) | |
3381 | { | |
3382 | best_index = ind; | |
3383 | best_linetable = l; | |
3384 | best_symtab = s; | |
3385 | goto done; | |
3386 | } | |
3387 | if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best) | |
3388 | { | |
3389 | best = l->item[ind].line; | |
3390 | best_index = ind; | |
3391 | best_linetable = l; | |
3392 | best_symtab = s; | |
3393 | } | |
3394 | } | |
3395 | } | |
3396 | } | |
3397 | } | |
3398 | } | |
3399 | done: | |
3400 | if (best_index < 0) | |
3401 | return NULL; | |
3402 | ||
3403 | if (index) | |
3404 | *index = best_index; | |
3405 | if (exact_match) | |
3406 | *exact_match = (exact != 0); | |
3407 | ||
3408 | return best_symtab; | |
3409 | } | |
3410 | ||
3411 | /* Given SYMTAB, returns all the PCs function in the symtab that | |
3412 | exactly match LINE. Returns an empty vector if there are no exact | |
3413 | matches, but updates BEST_ITEM in this case. */ | |
3414 | ||
3415 | std::vector<CORE_ADDR> | |
3416 | find_pcs_for_symtab_line (struct symtab *symtab, int line, | |
3417 | struct linetable_entry **best_item) | |
3418 | { | |
3419 | int start = 0; | |
3420 | std::vector<CORE_ADDR> result; | |
3421 | ||
3422 | /* First, collect all the PCs that are at this line. */ | |
3423 | while (1) | |
3424 | { | |
3425 | int was_exact; | |
3426 | int idx; | |
3427 | ||
3428 | idx = find_line_common (SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab), line, &was_exact, | |
3429 | start); | |
3430 | if (idx < 0) | |
3431 | break; | |
3432 | ||
3433 | if (!was_exact) | |
3434 | { | |
3435 | struct linetable_entry *item = &SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab)->item[idx]; | |
3436 | ||
3437 | if (*best_item == NULL || item->line < (*best_item)->line) | |
3438 | *best_item = item; | |
3439 | ||
3440 | break; | |
3441 | } | |
3442 | ||
3443 | result.push_back (SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab)->item[idx].pc); | |
3444 | start = idx + 1; | |
3445 | } | |
3446 | ||
3447 | return result; | |
3448 | } | |
3449 | ||
3450 | \f | |
3451 | /* Set the PC value for a given source file and line number and return true. | |
3452 | Returns false for invalid line number (and sets the PC to 0). | |
3453 | The source file is specified with a struct symtab. */ | |
3454 | ||
3455 | bool | |
3456 | find_line_pc (struct symtab *symtab, int line, CORE_ADDR *pc) | |
3457 | { | |
3458 | struct linetable *l; | |
3459 | int ind; | |
3460 | ||
3461 | *pc = 0; | |
3462 | if (symtab == 0) | |
3463 | return false; | |
3464 | ||
3465 | symtab = find_line_symtab (symtab, line, &ind, NULL); | |
3466 | if (symtab != NULL) | |
3467 | { | |
3468 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab); | |
3469 | *pc = l->item[ind].pc; | |
3470 | return true; | |
3471 | } | |
3472 | else | |
3473 | return false; | |
3474 | } | |
3475 | ||
3476 | /* Find the range of pc values in a line. | |
3477 | Store the starting pc of the line into *STARTPTR | |
3478 | and the ending pc (start of next line) into *ENDPTR. | |
3479 | Returns true to indicate success. | |
3480 | Returns false if could not find the specified line. */ | |
3481 | ||
3482 | bool | |
3483 | find_line_pc_range (struct symtab_and_line sal, CORE_ADDR *startptr, | |
3484 | CORE_ADDR *endptr) | |
3485 | { | |
3486 | CORE_ADDR startaddr; | |
3487 | struct symtab_and_line found_sal; | |
3488 | ||
3489 | startaddr = sal.pc; | |
3490 | if (startaddr == 0 && !find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &startaddr)) | |
3491 | return false; | |
3492 | ||
3493 | /* This whole function is based on address. For example, if line 10 has | |
3494 | two parts, one from 0x100 to 0x200 and one from 0x300 to 0x400, then | |
3495 | "info line *0x123" should say the line goes from 0x100 to 0x200 | |
3496 | and "info line *0x355" should say the line goes from 0x300 to 0x400. | |
3497 | This also insures that we never give a range like "starts at 0x134 | |
3498 | and ends at 0x12c". */ | |
3499 | ||
3500 | found_sal = find_pc_sect_line (startaddr, sal.section, 0); | |
3501 | if (found_sal.line != sal.line) | |
3502 | { | |
3503 | /* The specified line (sal) has zero bytes. */ | |
3504 | *startptr = found_sal.pc; | |
3505 | *endptr = found_sal.pc; | |
3506 | } | |
3507 | else | |
3508 | { | |
3509 | *startptr = found_sal.pc; | |
3510 | *endptr = found_sal.end; | |
3511 | } | |
3512 | return true; | |
3513 | } | |
3514 | ||
3515 | /* Given a line table and a line number, return the index into the line | |
3516 | table for the pc of the nearest line whose number is >= the specified one. | |
3517 | Return -1 if none is found. The value is >= 0 if it is an index. | |
3518 | START is the index at which to start searching the line table. | |
3519 | ||
3520 | Set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an exact match. */ | |
3521 | ||
3522 | static int | |
3523 | find_line_common (struct linetable *l, int lineno, | |
3524 | int *exact_match, int start) | |
3525 | { | |
3526 | int i; | |
3527 | int len; | |
3528 | ||
3529 | /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINENO so far seen, | |
3530 | or 0 if none has been seen so far. | |
3531 | BEST_INDEX identifies the item for it. */ | |
3532 | ||
3533 | int best_index = -1; | |
3534 | int best = 0; | |
3535 | ||
3536 | *exact_match = 0; | |
3537 | ||
3538 | if (lineno <= 0) | |
3539 | return -1; | |
3540 | if (l == 0) | |
3541 | return -1; | |
3542 | ||
3543 | len = l->nitems; | |
3544 | for (i = start; i < len; i++) | |
3545 | { | |
3546 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]); | |
3547 | ||
3548 | if (item->line == lineno) | |
3549 | { | |
3550 | /* Return the first (lowest address) entry which matches. */ | |
3551 | *exact_match = 1; | |
3552 | return i; | |
3553 | } | |
3554 | ||
3555 | if (item->line > lineno && (best == 0 || item->line < best)) | |
3556 | { | |
3557 | best = item->line; | |
3558 | best_index = i; | |
3559 | } | |
3560 | } | |
3561 | ||
3562 | /* If we got here, we didn't get an exact match. */ | |
3563 | return best_index; | |
3564 | } | |
3565 | ||
3566 | bool | |
3567 | find_pc_line_pc_range (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *startptr, CORE_ADDR *endptr) | |
3568 | { | |
3569 | struct symtab_and_line sal; | |
3570 | ||
3571 | sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0); | |
3572 | *startptr = sal.pc; | |
3573 | *endptr = sal.end; | |
3574 | return sal.symtab != 0; | |
3575 | } | |
3576 | ||
3577 | /* Helper for find_function_start_sal. Does most of the work, except | |
3578 | setting the sal's symbol. */ | |
3579 | ||
3580 | static symtab_and_line | |
3581 | find_function_start_sal_1 (CORE_ADDR func_addr, obj_section *section, | |
3582 | bool funfirstline) | |
3583 | { | |
3584 | symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_sect_line (func_addr, section, 0); | |
3585 | ||
3586 | if (funfirstline && sal.symtab != NULL | |
3587 | && (COMPUNIT_LOCATIONS_VALID (SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal.symtab)) | |
3588 | || SYMTAB_LANGUAGE (sal.symtab) == language_asm)) | |
3589 | { | |
3590 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab)); | |
3591 | ||
3592 | sal.pc = func_addr; | |
3593 | if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch)) | |
3594 | sal.pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, sal.pc); | |
3595 | return sal; | |
3596 | } | |
3597 | ||
3598 | /* We always should have a line for the function start address. | |
3599 | If we don't, something is odd. Create a plain SAL referring | |
3600 | just the PC and hope that skip_prologue_sal (if requested) | |
3601 | can find a line number for after the prologue. */ | |
3602 | if (sal.pc < func_addr) | |
3603 | { | |
3604 | sal = {}; | |
3605 | sal.pspace = current_program_space; | |
3606 | sal.pc = func_addr; | |
3607 | sal.section = section; | |
3608 | } | |
3609 | ||
3610 | if (funfirstline) | |
3611 | skip_prologue_sal (&sal); | |
3612 | ||
3613 | return sal; | |
3614 | } | |
3615 | ||
3616 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
3617 | ||
3618 | symtab_and_line | |
3619 | find_function_start_sal (CORE_ADDR func_addr, obj_section *section, | |
3620 | bool funfirstline) | |
3621 | { | |
3622 | symtab_and_line sal | |
3623 | = find_function_start_sal_1 (func_addr, section, funfirstline); | |
3624 | ||
3625 | /* find_function_start_sal_1 does a linetable search, so it finds | |
3626 | the symtab and linenumber, but not a symbol. Fill in the | |
3627 | function symbol too. */ | |
3628 | sal.symbol = find_pc_sect_containing_function (sal.pc, sal.section); | |
3629 | ||
3630 | return sal; | |
3631 | } | |
3632 | ||
3633 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
3634 | ||
3635 | symtab_and_line | |
3636 | find_function_start_sal (symbol *sym, bool funfirstline) | |
3637 | { | |
3638 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL); | |
3639 | symtab_and_line sal | |
3640 | = find_function_start_sal_1 (BLOCK_ENTRY_PC (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)), | |
3641 | SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (symbol_objfile (sym), sym), | |
3642 | funfirstline); | |
3643 | sal.symbol = sym; | |
3644 | return sal; | |
3645 | } | |
3646 | ||
3647 | ||
3648 | /* Given a function start address FUNC_ADDR and SYMTAB, find the first | |
3649 | address for that function that has an entry in SYMTAB's line info | |
3650 | table. If such an entry cannot be found, return FUNC_ADDR | |
3651 | unaltered. */ | |
3652 | ||
3653 | static CORE_ADDR | |
3654 | skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (CORE_ADDR func_addr, struct symtab *symtab) | |
3655 | { | |
3656 | CORE_ADDR func_start, func_end; | |
3657 | struct linetable *l; | |
3658 | int i; | |
3659 | ||
3660 | /* Give up if this symbol has no lineinfo table. */ | |
3661 | l = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (symtab); | |
3662 | if (l == NULL) | |
3663 | return func_addr; | |
3664 | ||
3665 | /* Get the range for the function's PC values, or give up if we | |
3666 | cannot, for some reason. */ | |
3667 | if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &func_start, &func_end)) | |
3668 | return func_addr; | |
3669 | ||
3670 | /* Linetable entries are ordered by PC values, see the commentary in | |
3671 | symtab.h where `struct linetable' is defined. Thus, the first | |
3672 | entry whose PC is in the range [FUNC_START..FUNC_END[ is the | |
3673 | address we are looking for. */ | |
3674 | for (i = 0; i < l->nitems; i++) | |
3675 | { | |
3676 | struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]); | |
3677 | ||
3678 | /* Don't use line numbers of zero, they mark special entries in | |
3679 | the table. See the commentary on symtab.h before the | |
3680 | definition of struct linetable. */ | |
3681 | if (item->line > 0 && func_start <= item->pc && item->pc < func_end) | |
3682 | return item->pc; | |
3683 | } | |
3684 | ||
3685 | return func_addr; | |
3686 | } | |
3687 | ||
3688 | /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue. | |
3689 | If the PC was explicitly specified, the SAL is not changed. | |
3690 | If the line number was explicitly specified then the SAL can still be | |
3691 | updated, unless the language for SAL is assembler, in which case the SAL | |
3692 | will be left unchanged. | |
3693 | If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */ | |
3694 | ||
3695 | void | |
3696 | skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal) | |
3697 | { | |
3698 | struct symbol *sym; | |
3699 | struct symtab_and_line start_sal; | |
3700 | CORE_ADDR pc, saved_pc; | |
3701 | struct obj_section *section; | |
3702 | const char *name; | |
3703 | struct objfile *objfile; | |
3704 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; | |
3705 | const struct block *b, *function_block; | |
3706 | int force_skip, skip; | |
3707 | ||
3708 | /* Do not change the SAL if PC was specified explicitly. */ | |
3709 | if (sal->explicit_pc) | |
3710 | return; | |
3711 | ||
3712 | /* In assembly code, if the user asks for a specific line then we should | |
3713 | not adjust the SAL. The user already has instruction level | |
3714 | visibility in this case, so selecting a line other than one requested | |
3715 | is likely to be the wrong choice. */ | |
3716 | if (sal->symtab != nullptr | |
3717 | && sal->explicit_line | |
3718 | && SYMTAB_LANGUAGE (sal->symtab) == language_asm) | |
3719 | return; | |
3720 | ||
3721 | scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread; | |
3722 | ||
3723 | switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace); | |
3724 | ||
3725 | sym = find_pc_sect_function (sal->pc, sal->section); | |
3726 | if (sym != NULL) | |
3727 | { | |
3728 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL); | |
3729 | ||
3730 | objfile = symbol_objfile (sym); | |
3731 | pc = BLOCK_ENTRY_PC (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); | |
3732 | section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, sym); | |
3733 | name = sym->linkage_name (); | |
3734 | } | |
3735 | else | |
3736 | { | |
3737 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol | |
3738 | = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (sal->pc, sal->section); | |
3739 | ||
3740 | if (msymbol.minsym == NULL) | |
3741 | return; | |
3742 | ||
3743 | objfile = msymbol.objfile; | |
3744 | pc = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol); | |
3745 | section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (objfile, msymbol.minsym); | |
3746 | name = msymbol.minsym->linkage_name (); | |
3747 | } | |
3748 | ||
3749 | gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); | |
3750 | ||
3751 | /* Process the prologue in two passes. In the first pass try to skip the | |
3752 | prologue (SKIP is true) and verify there is a real need for it (indicated | |
3753 | by FORCE_SKIP). If no such reason was found run a second pass where the | |
3754 | prologue is not skipped (SKIP is false). */ | |
3755 | ||
3756 | skip = 1; | |
3757 | force_skip = 1; | |
3758 | ||
3759 | /* Be conservative - allow direct PC (without skipping prologue) only if we | |
3760 | have proven the CU (Compilation Unit) supports it. sal->SYMTAB does not | |
3761 | have to be set by the caller so we use SYM instead. */ | |
3762 | if (sym != NULL | |
3763 | && COMPUNIT_LOCATIONS_VALID (SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (symbol_symtab (sym)))) | |
3764 | force_skip = 0; | |
3765 | ||
3766 | saved_pc = pc; | |
3767 | do | |
3768 | { | |
3769 | pc = saved_pc; | |
3770 | ||
3771 | /* If the function is in an unmapped overlay, use its unmapped LMA address, | |
3772 | so that gdbarch_skip_prologue has something unique to work on. */ | |
3773 | if (section_is_overlay (section) && !section_is_mapped (section)) | |
3774 | pc = overlay_unmapped_address (pc, section); | |
3775 | ||
3776 | /* Skip "first line" of function (which is actually its prologue). */ | |
3777 | pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch); | |
3778 | if (gdbarch_skip_entrypoint_p (gdbarch)) | |
3779 | pc = gdbarch_skip_entrypoint (gdbarch, pc); | |
3780 | if (skip) | |
3781 | pc = gdbarch_skip_prologue_noexcept (gdbarch, pc); | |
3782 | ||
3783 | /* For overlays, map pc back into its mapped VMA range. */ | |
3784 | pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section); | |
3785 | ||
3786 | /* Calculate line number. */ | |
3787 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | |
3788 | ||
3789 | /* Check if gdbarch_skip_prologue left us in mid-line, and the next | |
3790 | line is still part of the same function. */ | |
3791 | if (skip && start_sal.pc != pc | |
3792 | && (sym ? (BLOCK_ENTRY_PC (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)) <= start_sal.end | |
3793 | && start_sal.end < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym))) | |
3794 | : (lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (start_sal.end, section).minsym | |
3795 | == lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section).minsym))) | |
3796 | { | |
3797 | /* First pc of next line */ | |
3798 | pc = start_sal.end; | |
3799 | /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */ | |
3800 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | |
3801 | } | |
3802 | ||
3803 | /* On targets with executable formats that don't have a concept of | |
3804 | constructors (ELF with .init has, PE doesn't), gcc emits a call | |
3805 | to `__main' in `main' between the prologue and before user | |
3806 | code. */ | |
3807 | if (gdbarch_skip_main_prologue_p (gdbarch) | |
3808 | && name && strcmp_iw (name, "main") == 0) | |
3809 | { | |
3810 | pc = gdbarch_skip_main_prologue (gdbarch, pc); | |
3811 | /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1). */ | |
3812 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | |
3813 | force_skip = 1; | |
3814 | } | |
3815 | } | |
3816 | while (!force_skip && skip--); | |
3817 | ||
3818 | /* If we still don't have a valid source line, try to find the first | |
3819 | PC in the lineinfo table that belongs to the same function. This | |
3820 | happens with COFF debug info, which does not seem to have an | |
3821 | entry in lineinfo table for the code after the prologue which has | |
3822 | no direct relation to source. For example, this was found to be | |
3823 | the case with the DJGPP target using "gcc -gcoff" when the | |
3824 | compiler inserted code after the prologue to make sure the stack | |
3825 | is aligned. */ | |
3826 | if (!force_skip && sym && start_sal.symtab == NULL) | |
3827 | { | |
3828 | pc = skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (pc, symbol_symtab (sym)); | |
3829 | /* Recalculate the line number. */ | |
3830 | start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0); | |
3831 | } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | /* If we're already past the prologue, leave SAL unchanged. Otherwise | |
3834 | forward SAL to the end of the prologue. */ | |
3835 | if (sal->pc >= pc) | |
3836 | return; | |
3837 | ||
3838 | sal->pc = pc; | |
3839 | sal->section = section; | |
3840 | sal->symtab = start_sal.symtab; | |
3841 | sal->line = start_sal.line; | |
3842 | sal->end = start_sal.end; | |
3843 | ||
3844 | /* Check if we are now inside an inlined function. If we can, | |
3845 | use the call site of the function instead. */ | |
3846 | b = block_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, sal->section); | |
3847 | function_block = NULL; | |
3848 | while (b != NULL) | |
3849 | { | |
3850 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL && block_inlined_p (b)) | |
3851 | function_block = b; | |
3852 | else if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL) | |
3853 | break; | |
3854 | b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b); | |
3855 | } | |
3856 | if (function_block != NULL | |
3857 | && SYMBOL_LINE (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)) != 0) | |
3858 | { | |
3859 | sal->line = SYMBOL_LINE (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)); | |
3860 | sal->symtab = symbol_symtab (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)); | |
3861 | } | |
3862 | } | |
3863 | ||
3864 | /* Given PC at the function's start address, attempt to find the | |
3865 | prologue end using SAL information. Return zero if the skip fails. | |
3866 | ||
3867 | A non-optimized prologue traditionally has one SAL for the function | |
3868 | and a second for the function body. A single line function has | |
3869 | them both pointing at the same line. | |
3870 | ||
3871 | An optimized prologue is similar but the prologue may contain | |
3872 | instructions (SALs) from the instruction body. Need to skip those | |
3873 | while not getting into the function body. | |
3874 | ||
3875 | The functions end point and an increasing SAL line are used as | |
3876 | indicators of the prologue's endpoint. | |
3877 | ||
3878 | This code is based on the function refine_prologue_limit | |
3879 | (found in ia64). */ | |
3880 | ||
3881 | CORE_ADDR | |
3882 | skip_prologue_using_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR func_addr) | |
3883 | { | |
3884 | struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal; | |
3885 | CORE_ADDR start_pc; | |
3886 | CORE_ADDR end_pc; | |
3887 | const struct block *bl; | |
3888 | ||
3889 | /* Get an initial range for the function. */ | |
3890 | find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &start_pc, &end_pc); | |
3891 | start_pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch); | |
3892 | ||
3893 | prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0); | |
3894 | if (prologue_sal.line != 0) | |
3895 | { | |
3896 | /* For languages other than assembly, treat two consecutive line | |
3897 | entries at the same address as a zero-instruction prologue. | |
3898 | The GNU assembler emits separate line notes for each instruction | |
3899 | in a multi-instruction macro, but compilers generally will not | |
3900 | do this. */ | |
3901 | if (prologue_sal.symtab->language != language_asm) | |
3902 | { | |
3903 | struct linetable *linetable = SYMTAB_LINETABLE (prologue_sal.symtab); | |
3904 | int idx = 0; | |
3905 | ||
3906 | /* Skip any earlier lines, and any end-of-sequence marker | |
3907 | from a previous function. */ | |
3908 | while (linetable->item[idx].pc != prologue_sal.pc | |
3909 | || linetable->item[idx].line == 0) | |
3910 | idx++; | |
3911 | ||
3912 | if (idx+1 < linetable->nitems | |
3913 | && linetable->item[idx+1].line != 0 | |
3914 | && linetable->item[idx+1].pc == start_pc) | |
3915 | return start_pc; | |
3916 | } | |
3917 | ||
3918 | /* If there is only one sal that covers the entire function, | |
3919 | then it is probably a single line function, like | |
3920 | "foo(){}". */ | |
3921 | if (prologue_sal.end >= end_pc) | |
3922 | return 0; | |
3923 | ||
3924 | while (prologue_sal.end < end_pc) | |
3925 | { | |
3926 | struct symtab_and_line sal; | |
3927 | ||
3928 | sal = find_pc_line (prologue_sal.end, 0); | |
3929 | if (sal.line == 0) | |
3930 | break; | |
3931 | /* Assume that a consecutive SAL for the same (or larger) | |
3932 | line mark the prologue -> body transition. */ | |
3933 | if (sal.line >= prologue_sal.line) | |
3934 | break; | |
3935 | /* Likewise if we are in a different symtab altogether | |
3936 | (e.g. within a file included via #include). */ | |
3937 | if (sal.symtab != prologue_sal.symtab) | |
3938 | break; | |
3939 | ||
3940 | /* The line number is smaller. Check that it's from the | |
3941 | same function, not something inlined. If it's inlined, | |
3942 | then there is no point comparing the line numbers. */ | |
3943 | bl = block_for_pc (prologue_sal.end); | |
3944 | while (bl) | |
3945 | { | |
3946 | if (block_inlined_p (bl)) | |
3947 | break; | |
3948 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (bl)) | |
3949 | { | |
3950 | bl = NULL; | |
3951 | break; | |
3952 | } | |
3953 | bl = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (bl); | |
3954 | } | |
3955 | if (bl != NULL) | |
3956 | break; | |
3957 | ||
3958 | /* The case in which compiler's optimizer/scheduler has | |
3959 | moved instructions into the prologue. We look ahead in | |
3960 | the function looking for address ranges whose | |
3961 | corresponding line number is less the first one that we | |
3962 | found for the function. This is more conservative then | |
3963 | refine_prologue_limit which scans a large number of SALs | |
3964 | looking for any in the prologue. */ | |
3965 | prologue_sal = sal; | |
3966 | } | |
3967 | } | |
3968 | ||
3969 | if (prologue_sal.end < end_pc) | |
3970 | /* Return the end of this line, or zero if we could not find a | |
3971 | line. */ | |
3972 | return prologue_sal.end; | |
3973 | else | |
3974 | /* Don't return END_PC, which is past the end of the function. */ | |
3975 | return prologue_sal.pc; | |
3976 | } | |
3977 | ||
3978 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
3979 | ||
3980 | symbol * | |
3981 | find_function_alias_target (bound_minimal_symbol msymbol) | |
3982 | { | |
3983 | CORE_ADDR func_addr; | |
3984 | if (!msymbol_is_function (msymbol.objfile, msymbol.minsym, &func_addr)) | |
3985 | return NULL; | |
3986 | ||
3987 | symbol *sym = find_pc_function (func_addr); | |
3988 | if (sym != NULL | |
3989 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK | |
3990 | && BLOCK_ENTRY_PC (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)) == func_addr) | |
3991 | return sym; | |
3992 | ||
3993 | return NULL; | |
3994 | } | |
3995 | ||
3996 | \f | |
3997 | /* If P is of the form "operator[ \t]+..." where `...' is | |
3998 | some legitimate operator text, return a pointer to the | |
3999 | beginning of the substring of the operator text. | |
4000 | Otherwise, return "". */ | |
4001 | ||
4002 | static const char * | |
4003 | operator_chars (const char *p, const char **end) | |
4004 | { | |
4005 | *end = ""; | |
4006 | if (!startswith (p, CP_OPERATOR_STR)) | |
4007 | return *end; | |
4008 | p += CP_OPERATOR_LEN; | |
4009 | ||
4010 | /* Don't get faked out by `operator' being part of a longer | |
4011 | identifier. */ | |
4012 | if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$' || *p == '\0') | |
4013 | return *end; | |
4014 | ||
4015 | /* Allow some whitespace between `operator' and the operator symbol. */ | |
4016 | while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') | |
4017 | p++; | |
4018 | ||
4019 | /* Recognize 'operator TYPENAME'. */ | |
4020 | ||
4021 | if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$') | |
4022 | { | |
4023 | const char *q = p + 1; | |
4024 | ||
4025 | while (isalnum (*q) || *q == '_' || *q == '$') | |
4026 | q++; | |
4027 | *end = q; | |
4028 | return p; | |
4029 | } | |
4030 | ||
4031 | while (*p) | |
4032 | switch (*p) | |
4033 | { | |
4034 | case '\\': /* regexp quoting */ | |
4035 | if (p[1] == '*') | |
4036 | { | |
4037 | if (p[2] == '=') /* 'operator\*=' */ | |
4038 | *end = p + 3; | |
4039 | else /* 'operator\*' */ | |
4040 | *end = p + 2; | |
4041 | return p; | |
4042 | } | |
4043 | else if (p[1] == '[') | |
4044 | { | |
4045 | if (p[2] == ']') | |
4046 | error (_("mismatched quoting on brackets, " | |
4047 | "try 'operator\\[\\]'")); | |
4048 | else if (p[2] == '\\' && p[3] == ']') | |
4049 | { | |
4050 | *end = p + 4; /* 'operator\[\]' */ | |
4051 | return p; | |
4052 | } | |
4053 | else | |
4054 | error (_("nothing is allowed between '[' and ']'")); | |
4055 | } | |
4056 | else | |
4057 | { | |
4058 | /* Gratuitous quote: skip it and move on. */ | |
4059 | p++; | |
4060 | continue; | |
4061 | } | |
4062 | break; | |
4063 | case '!': | |
4064 | case '=': | |
4065 | case '*': | |
4066 | case '/': | |
4067 | case '%': | |
4068 | case '^': | |
4069 | if (p[1] == '=') | |
4070 | *end = p + 2; | |
4071 | else | |
4072 | *end = p + 1; | |
4073 | return p; | |
4074 | case '<': | |
4075 | case '>': | |
4076 | case '+': | |
4077 | case '-': | |
4078 | case '&': | |
4079 | case '|': | |
4080 | if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '>') | |
4081 | { | |
4082 | /* Struct pointer member operator 'operator->'. */ | |
4083 | if (p[2] == '*') | |
4084 | { | |
4085 | *end = p + 3; /* 'operator->*' */ | |
4086 | return p; | |
4087 | } | |
4088 | else if (p[2] == '\\') | |
4089 | { | |
4090 | *end = p + 4; /* Hopefully 'operator->\*' */ | |
4091 | return p; | |
4092 | } | |
4093 | else | |
4094 | { | |
4095 | *end = p + 2; /* 'operator->' */ | |
4096 | return p; | |
4097 | } | |
4098 | } | |
4099 | if (p[1] == '=' || p[1] == p[0]) | |
4100 | *end = p + 2; | |
4101 | else | |
4102 | *end = p + 1; | |
4103 | return p; | |
4104 | case '~': | |
4105 | case ',': | |
4106 | *end = p + 1; | |
4107 | return p; | |
4108 | case '(': | |
4109 | if (p[1] != ')') | |
4110 | error (_("`operator ()' must be specified " | |
4111 | "without whitespace in `()'")); | |
4112 | *end = p + 2; | |
4113 | return p; | |
4114 | case '?': | |
4115 | if (p[1] != ':') | |
4116 | error (_("`operator ?:' must be specified " | |
4117 | "without whitespace in `?:'")); | |
4118 | *end = p + 2; | |
4119 | return p; | |
4120 | case '[': | |
4121 | if (p[1] != ']') | |
4122 | error (_("`operator []' must be specified " | |
4123 | "without whitespace in `[]'")); | |
4124 | *end = p + 2; | |
4125 | return p; | |
4126 | default: | |
4127 | error (_("`operator %s' not supported"), p); | |
4128 | break; | |
4129 | } | |
4130 | ||
4131 | *end = ""; | |
4132 | return *end; | |
4133 | } | |
4134 | \f | |
4135 | ||
4136 | /* What part to match in a file name. */ | |
4137 | ||
4138 | struct filename_partial_match_opts | |
4139 | { | |
4140 | /* Only match the directory name part. */ | |
4141 | bool dirname = false; | |
4142 | ||
4143 | /* Only match the basename part. */ | |
4144 | bool basename = false; | |
4145 | }; | |
4146 | ||
4147 | /* Data structure to maintain printing state for output_source_filename. */ | |
4148 | ||
4149 | struct output_source_filename_data | |
4150 | { | |
4151 | /* Output only filenames matching REGEXP. */ | |
4152 | std::string regexp; | |
4153 | gdb::optional<compiled_regex> c_regexp; | |
4154 | /* Possibly only match a part of the filename. */ | |
4155 | filename_partial_match_opts partial_match; | |
4156 | ||
4157 | ||
4158 | /* Cache of what we've seen so far. */ | |
4159 | struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache; | |
4160 | ||
4161 | /* Flag of whether we're printing the first one. */ | |
4162 | int first; | |
4163 | }; | |
4164 | ||
4165 | /* Slave routine for sources_info. Force line breaks at ,'s. | |
4166 | NAME is the name to print. | |
4167 | DATA contains the state for printing and watching for duplicates. */ | |
4168 | ||
4169 | static void | |
4170 | output_source_filename (const char *name, | |
4171 | struct output_source_filename_data *data) | |
4172 | { | |
4173 | /* Since a single source file can result in several partial symbol | |
4174 | tables, we need to avoid printing it more than once. Note: if | |
4175 | some of the psymtabs are read in and some are not, it gets | |
4176 | printed both under "Source files for which symbols have been | |
4177 | read" and "Source files for which symbols will be read in on | |
4178 | demand". I consider this a reasonable way to deal with the | |
4179 | situation. I'm not sure whether this can also happen for | |
4180 | symtabs; it doesn't hurt to check. */ | |
4181 | ||
4182 | /* Was NAME already seen? */ | |
4183 | if (data->filename_seen_cache->seen (name)) | |
4184 | { | |
4185 | /* Yes; don't print it again. */ | |
4186 | return; | |
4187 | } | |
4188 | ||
4189 | /* Does it match data->regexp? */ | |
4190 | if (data->c_regexp.has_value ()) | |
4191 | { | |
4192 | const char *to_match; | |
4193 | std::string dirname; | |
4194 | ||
4195 | if (data->partial_match.dirname) | |
4196 | { | |
4197 | dirname = ldirname (name); | |
4198 | to_match = dirname.c_str (); | |
4199 | } | |
4200 | else if (data->partial_match.basename) | |
4201 | to_match = lbasename (name); | |
4202 | else | |
4203 | to_match = name; | |
4204 | ||
4205 | if (data->c_regexp->exec (to_match, 0, NULL, 0) != 0) | |
4206 | return; | |
4207 | } | |
4208 | ||
4209 | /* Print it and reset *FIRST. */ | |
4210 | if (! data->first) | |
4211 | printf_filtered (", "); | |
4212 | data->first = 0; | |
4213 | ||
4214 | wrap_here (""); | |
4215 | fputs_styled (name, file_name_style.style (), gdb_stdout); | |
4216 | } | |
4217 | ||
4218 | /* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames. */ | |
4219 | ||
4220 | static void | |
4221 | output_partial_symbol_filename (const char *filename, const char *fullname, | |
4222 | void *data) | |
4223 | { | |
4224 | output_source_filename (fullname ? fullname : filename, | |
4225 | (struct output_source_filename_data *) data); | |
4226 | } | |
4227 | ||
4228 | using isrc_flag_option_def | |
4229 | = gdb::option::flag_option_def<filename_partial_match_opts>; | |
4230 | ||
4231 | static const gdb::option::option_def info_sources_option_defs[] = { | |
4232 | ||
4233 | isrc_flag_option_def { | |
4234 | "dirname", | |
4235 | [] (filename_partial_match_opts *opts) { return &opts->dirname; }, | |
4236 | N_("Show only the files having a dirname matching REGEXP."), | |
4237 | }, | |
4238 | ||
4239 | isrc_flag_option_def { | |
4240 | "basename", | |
4241 | [] (filename_partial_match_opts *opts) { return &opts->basename; }, | |
4242 | N_("Show only the files having a basename matching REGEXP."), | |
4243 | }, | |
4244 | ||
4245 | }; | |
4246 | ||
4247 | /* Create an option_def_group for the "info sources" options, with | |
4248 | ISRC_OPTS as context. */ | |
4249 | ||
4250 | static inline gdb::option::option_def_group | |
4251 | make_info_sources_options_def_group (filename_partial_match_opts *isrc_opts) | |
4252 | { | |
4253 | return {{info_sources_option_defs}, isrc_opts}; | |
4254 | } | |
4255 | ||
4256 | /* Prints the header message for the source files that will be printed | |
4257 | with the matching info present in DATA. SYMBOL_MSG is a message | |
4258 | that tells what will or has been done with the symbols of the | |
4259 | matching source files. */ | |
4260 | ||
4261 | static void | |
4262 | print_info_sources_header (const char *symbol_msg, | |
4263 | const struct output_source_filename_data *data) | |
4264 | { | |
4265 | puts_filtered (symbol_msg); | |
4266 | if (!data->regexp.empty ()) | |
4267 | { | |
4268 | if (data->partial_match.dirname) | |
4269 | printf_filtered (_("(dirname matching regular expression \"%s\")"), | |
4270 | data->regexp.c_str ()); | |
4271 | else if (data->partial_match.basename) | |
4272 | printf_filtered (_("(basename matching regular expression \"%s\")"), | |
4273 | data->regexp.c_str ()); | |
4274 | else | |
4275 | printf_filtered (_("(filename matching regular expression \"%s\")"), | |
4276 | data->regexp.c_str ()); | |
4277 | } | |
4278 | puts_filtered ("\n"); | |
4279 | } | |
4280 | ||
4281 | /* Completer for "info sources". */ | |
4282 | ||
4283 | static void | |
4284 | info_sources_command_completer (cmd_list_element *ignore, | |
4285 | completion_tracker &tracker, | |
4286 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
4287 | { | |
4288 | const auto group = make_info_sources_options_def_group (nullptr); | |
4289 | if (gdb::option::complete_options | |
4290 | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | |
4291 | return; | |
4292 | } | |
4293 | ||
4294 | static void | |
4295 | info_sources_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
4296 | { | |
4297 | struct output_source_filename_data data; | |
4298 | ||
4299 | if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ()) | |
4300 | { | |
4301 | error (_("No symbol table is loaded. Use the \"file\" command.")); | |
4302 | } | |
4303 | ||
4304 | filename_seen_cache filenames_seen; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | auto group = make_info_sources_options_def_group (&data.partial_match); | |
4307 | ||
4308 | gdb::option::process_options | |
4309 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR, group); | |
4310 | ||
4311 | if (args != NULL && *args != '\000') | |
4312 | data.regexp = args; | |
4313 | ||
4314 | data.filename_seen_cache = &filenames_seen; | |
4315 | data.first = 1; | |
4316 | ||
4317 | if (data.partial_match.dirname && data.partial_match.basename) | |
4318 | error (_("You cannot give both -basename and -dirname to 'info sources'.")); | |
4319 | if ((data.partial_match.dirname || data.partial_match.basename) | |
4320 | && data.regexp.empty ()) | |
4321 | error (_("Missing REGEXP for 'info sources'.")); | |
4322 | ||
4323 | if (data.regexp.empty ()) | |
4324 | data.c_regexp.reset (); | |
4325 | else | |
4326 | { | |
4327 | int cflags = REG_NOSUB; | |
4328 | #ifdef HAVE_CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILE_SYSTEM | |
4329 | cflags |= REG_ICASE; | |
4330 | #endif | |
4331 | data.c_regexp.emplace (data.regexp.c_str (), cflags, | |
4332 | _("Invalid regexp")); | |
4333 | } | |
4334 | ||
4335 | print_info_sources_header | |
4336 | (_("Source files for which symbols have been read in:\n"), &data); | |
4337 | ||
4338 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
4339 | { | |
4340 | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) | |
4341 | { | |
4342 | for (symtab *s : compunit_filetabs (cu)) | |
4343 | { | |
4344 | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s); | |
4345 | ||
4346 | output_source_filename (fullname, &data); | |
4347 | } | |
4348 | } | |
4349 | } | |
4350 | printf_filtered ("\n\n"); | |
4351 | ||
4352 | print_info_sources_header | |
4353 | (_("Source files for which symbols will be read in on demand:\n"), &data); | |
4354 | ||
4355 | filenames_seen.clear (); | |
4356 | data.first = 1; | |
4357 | map_symbol_filenames (output_partial_symbol_filename, &data, | |
4358 | 1 /*need_fullname*/); | |
4359 | printf_filtered ("\n"); | |
4360 | } | |
4361 | ||
4362 | /* Compare FILE against all the entries of FILENAMES. If BASENAMES is | |
4363 | true compare only lbasename of FILENAMES. */ | |
4364 | ||
4365 | static bool | |
4366 | file_matches (const char *file, const std::vector<const char *> &filenames, | |
4367 | bool basenames) | |
4368 | { | |
4369 | if (filenames.empty ()) | |
4370 | return true; | |
4371 | ||
4372 | for (const char *name : filenames) | |
4373 | { | |
4374 | name = (basenames ? lbasename (name) : name); | |
4375 | if (compare_filenames_for_search (file, name)) | |
4376 | return true; | |
4377 | } | |
4378 | ||
4379 | return false; | |
4380 | } | |
4381 | ||
4382 | /* Helper function for std::sort on symbol_search objects. Can only sort | |
4383 | symbols, not minimal symbols. */ | |
4384 | ||
4385 | int | |
4386 | symbol_search::compare_search_syms (const symbol_search &sym_a, | |
4387 | const symbol_search &sym_b) | |
4388 | { | |
4389 | int c; | |
4390 | ||
4391 | c = FILENAME_CMP (symbol_symtab (sym_a.symbol)->filename, | |
4392 | symbol_symtab (sym_b.symbol)->filename); | |
4393 | if (c != 0) | |
4394 | return c; | |
4395 | ||
4396 | if (sym_a.block != sym_b.block) | |
4397 | return sym_a.block - sym_b.block; | |
4398 | ||
4399 | return strcmp (sym_a.symbol->print_name (), sym_b.symbol->print_name ()); | |
4400 | } | |
4401 | ||
4402 | /* Returns true if the type_name of symbol_type of SYM matches TREG. | |
4403 | If SYM has no symbol_type or symbol_name, returns false. */ | |
4404 | ||
4405 | bool | |
4406 | treg_matches_sym_type_name (const compiled_regex &treg, | |
4407 | const struct symbol *sym) | |
4408 | { | |
4409 | struct type *sym_type; | |
4410 | std::string printed_sym_type_name; | |
4411 | ||
4412 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
4413 | { | |
4414 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
4415 | "treg_matches_sym_type_name\n sym %s\n", | |
4416 | sym->natural_name ()); | |
4417 | } | |
4418 | ||
4419 | sym_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); | |
4420 | if (sym_type == NULL) | |
4421 | return false; | |
4422 | ||
4423 | { | |
4424 | scoped_switch_to_sym_language_if_auto l (sym); | |
4425 | ||
4426 | printed_sym_type_name = type_to_string (sym_type); | |
4427 | } | |
4428 | ||
4429 | ||
4430 | if (symbol_lookup_debug > 1) | |
4431 | { | |
4432 | fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, | |
4433 | " sym_type_name %s\n", | |
4434 | printed_sym_type_name.c_str ()); | |
4435 | } | |
4436 | ||
4437 | ||
4438 | if (printed_sym_type_name.empty ()) | |
4439 | return false; | |
4440 | ||
4441 | return treg.exec (printed_sym_type_name.c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0; | |
4442 | } | |
4443 | ||
4444 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
4445 | ||
4446 | bool | |
4447 | global_symbol_searcher::is_suitable_msymbol | |
4448 | (const enum search_domain kind, const minimal_symbol *msymbol) | |
4449 | { | |
4450 | switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol)) | |
4451 | { | |
4452 | case mst_data: | |
4453 | case mst_bss: | |
4454 | case mst_file_data: | |
4455 | case mst_file_bss: | |
4456 | return kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN; | |
4457 | case mst_text: | |
4458 | case mst_file_text: | |
4459 | case mst_solib_trampoline: | |
4460 | case mst_text_gnu_ifunc: | |
4461 | return kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN; | |
4462 | default: | |
4463 | return false; | |
4464 | } | |
4465 | } | |
4466 | ||
4467 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
4468 | ||
4469 | bool | |
4470 | global_symbol_searcher::expand_symtabs | |
4471 | (objfile *objfile, const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &preg) const | |
4472 | { | |
4473 | enum search_domain kind = m_kind; | |
4474 | bool found_msymbol = false; | |
4475 | ||
4476 | if (objfile->sf) | |
4477 | objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_matching | |
4478 | (objfile, | |
4479 | [&] (const char *filename, bool basenames) | |
4480 | { | |
4481 | return file_matches (filename, filenames, basenames); | |
4482 | }, | |
4483 | lookup_name_info::match_any (), | |
4484 | [&] (const char *symname) | |
4485 | { | |
4486 | return (!preg.has_value () | |
4487 | || preg->exec (symname, 0, NULL, 0) == 0); | |
4488 | }, | |
4489 | NULL, | |
4490 | kind); | |
4491 | ||
4492 | /* Here, we search through the minimal symbol tables for functions and | |
4493 | variables that match, and force their symbols to be read. This is in | |
4494 | particular necessary for demangled variable names, which are no longer | |
4495 | put into the partial symbol tables. The symbol will then be found | |
4496 | during the scan of symtabs later. | |
4497 | ||
4498 | For functions, find_pc_symtab should succeed if we have debug info for | |
4499 | the function, for variables we have to call | |
4500 | lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name to determine if the | |
4501 | variable has debug info. If the lookup fails, set found_msymbol so | |
4502 | that we will rescan to print any matching symbols without debug info. | |
4503 | We only search the objfile the msymbol came from, we no longer search | |
4504 | all objfiles. In large programs (1000s of shared libs) searching all | |
4505 | objfiles is not worth the pain. */ | |
4506 | if (filenames.empty () | |
4507 | && (kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN || kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN)) | |
4508 | { | |
4509 | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) | |
4510 | { | |
4511 | QUIT; | |
4512 | ||
4513 | if (msymbol->created_by_gdb) | |
4514 | continue; | |
4515 | ||
4516 | if (is_suitable_msymbol (kind, msymbol)) | |
4517 | { | |
4518 | if (!preg.has_value () | |
4519 | || preg->exec (msymbol->natural_name (), 0, | |
4520 | NULL, 0) == 0) | |
4521 | { | |
4522 | /* An important side-effect of these lookup functions is | |
4523 | to expand the symbol table if msymbol is found, later | |
4524 | in the process we will add matching symbols or | |
4525 | msymbols to the results list, and that requires that | |
4526 | the symbols tables are expanded. */ | |
4527 | if (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN | |
4528 | ? (find_pc_compunit_symtab | |
4529 | (MSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (objfile, msymbol)) | |
4530 | == NULL) | |
4531 | : (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name | |
4532 | (objfile, msymbol->linkage_name (), | |
4533 | VAR_DOMAIN) | |
4534 | .symbol == NULL)) | |
4535 | found_msymbol = true; | |
4536 | } | |
4537 | } | |
4538 | } | |
4539 | } | |
4540 | ||
4541 | return found_msymbol; | |
4542 | } | |
4543 | ||
4544 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
4545 | ||
4546 | bool | |
4547 | global_symbol_searcher::add_matching_symbols | |
4548 | (objfile *objfile, | |
4549 | const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &preg, | |
4550 | const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &treg, | |
4551 | std::set<symbol_search> *result_set) const | |
4552 | { | |
4553 | enum search_domain kind = m_kind; | |
4554 | ||
4555 | /* Add matching symbols (if not already present). */ | |
4556 | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | |
4557 | { | |
4558 | const struct blockvector *bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust); | |
4559 | ||
4560 | for (block_enum block : { GLOBAL_BLOCK, STATIC_BLOCK }) | |
4561 | { | |
4562 | struct block_iterator iter; | |
4563 | struct symbol *sym; | |
4564 | const struct block *b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block); | |
4565 | ||
4566 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) | |
4567 | { | |
4568 | struct symtab *real_symtab = symbol_symtab (sym); | |
4569 | ||
4570 | QUIT; | |
4571 | ||
4572 | /* Check first sole REAL_SYMTAB->FILENAME. It does | |
4573 | not need to be a substring of symtab_to_fullname as | |
4574 | it may contain "./" etc. */ | |
4575 | if ((file_matches (real_symtab->filename, filenames, false) | |
4576 | || ((basenames_may_differ | |
4577 | || file_matches (lbasename (real_symtab->filename), | |
4578 | filenames, true)) | |
4579 | && file_matches (symtab_to_fullname (real_symtab), | |
4580 | filenames, false))) | |
4581 | && ((!preg.has_value () | |
4582 | || preg->exec (sym->natural_name (), 0, | |
4583 | NULL, 0) == 0) | |
4584 | && ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
4585 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF | |
4586 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED | |
4587 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK | |
4588 | /* LOC_CONST can be used for more than | |
4589 | just enums, e.g., c++ static const | |
4590 | members. We only want to skip enums | |
4591 | here. */ | |
4592 | && !(SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_CONST | |
4593 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) | |
4594 | == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)) | |
4595 | && (!treg.has_value () | |
4596 | || treg_matches_sym_type_name (*treg, sym))) | |
4597 | || (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN | |
4598 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK | |
4599 | && (!treg.has_value () | |
4600 | || treg_matches_sym_type_name (*treg, | |
4601 | sym))) | |
4602 | || (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN | |
4603 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF | |
4604 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) != MODULE_DOMAIN) | |
4605 | || (kind == MODULES_DOMAIN | |
4606 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == MODULE_DOMAIN | |
4607 | && SYMBOL_LINE (sym) != 0)))) | |
4608 | { | |
4609 | if (result_set->size () < m_max_search_results) | |
4610 | { | |
4611 | /* Match, insert if not already in the results. */ | |
4612 | symbol_search ss (block, sym); | |
4613 | if (result_set->find (ss) == result_set->end ()) | |
4614 | result_set->insert (ss); | |
4615 | } | |
4616 | else | |
4617 | return false; | |
4618 | } | |
4619 | } | |
4620 | } | |
4621 | } | |
4622 | ||
4623 | return true; | |
4624 | } | |
4625 | ||
4626 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
4627 | ||
4628 | bool | |
4629 | global_symbol_searcher::add_matching_msymbols | |
4630 | (objfile *objfile, const gdb::optional<compiled_regex> &preg, | |
4631 | std::vector<symbol_search> *results) const | |
4632 | { | |
4633 | enum search_domain kind = m_kind; | |
4634 | ||
4635 | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) | |
4636 | { | |
4637 | QUIT; | |
4638 | ||
4639 | if (msymbol->created_by_gdb) | |
4640 | continue; | |
4641 | ||
4642 | if (is_suitable_msymbol (kind, msymbol)) | |
4643 | { | |
4644 | if (!preg.has_value () | |
4645 | || preg->exec (msymbol->natural_name (), 0, | |
4646 | NULL, 0) == 0) | |
4647 | { | |
4648 | /* For functions we can do a quick check of whether the | |
4649 | symbol might be found via find_pc_symtab. */ | |
4650 | if (kind != FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN | |
4651 | || (find_pc_compunit_symtab | |
4652 | (MSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (objfile, msymbol)) | |
4653 | == NULL)) | |
4654 | { | |
4655 | if (lookup_symbol_in_objfile_from_linkage_name | |
4656 | (objfile, msymbol->linkage_name (), | |
4657 | VAR_DOMAIN).symbol == NULL) | |
4658 | { | |
4659 | /* Matching msymbol, add it to the results list. */ | |
4660 | if (results->size () < m_max_search_results) | |
4661 | results->emplace_back (GLOBAL_BLOCK, msymbol, objfile); | |
4662 | else | |
4663 | return false; | |
4664 | } | |
4665 | } | |
4666 | } | |
4667 | } | |
4668 | } | |
4669 | ||
4670 | return true; | |
4671 | } | |
4672 | ||
4673 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
4674 | ||
4675 | std::vector<symbol_search> | |
4676 | global_symbol_searcher::search () const | |
4677 | { | |
4678 | gdb::optional<compiled_regex> preg; | |
4679 | gdb::optional<compiled_regex> treg; | |
4680 | ||
4681 | gdb_assert (m_kind != ALL_DOMAIN); | |
4682 | ||
4683 | if (m_symbol_name_regexp != NULL) | |
4684 | { | |
4685 | const char *symbol_name_regexp = m_symbol_name_regexp; | |
4686 | ||
4687 | /* Make sure spacing is right for C++ operators. | |
4688 | This is just a courtesy to make the matching less sensitive | |
4689 | to how many spaces the user leaves between 'operator' | |
4690 | and <TYPENAME> or <OPERATOR>. */ | |
4691 | const char *opend; | |
4692 | const char *opname = operator_chars (symbol_name_regexp, &opend); | |
4693 | ||
4694 | if (*opname) | |
4695 | { | |
4696 | int fix = -1; /* -1 means ok; otherwise number of | |
4697 | spaces needed. */ | |
4698 | ||
4699 | if (isalpha (*opname) || *opname == '_' || *opname == '$') | |
4700 | { | |
4701 | /* There should 1 space between 'operator' and 'TYPENAME'. */ | |
4702 | if (opname[-1] != ' ' || opname[-2] == ' ') | |
4703 | fix = 1; | |
4704 | } | |
4705 | else | |
4706 | { | |
4707 | /* There should 0 spaces between 'operator' and 'OPERATOR'. */ | |
4708 | if (opname[-1] == ' ') | |
4709 | fix = 0; | |
4710 | } | |
4711 | /* If wrong number of spaces, fix it. */ | |
4712 | if (fix >= 0) | |
4713 | { | |
4714 | char *tmp = (char *) alloca (8 + fix + strlen (opname) + 1); | |
4715 | ||
4716 | sprintf (tmp, "operator%.*s%s", fix, " ", opname); | |
4717 | symbol_name_regexp = tmp; | |
4718 | } | |
4719 | } | |
4720 | ||
4721 | int cflags = REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off | |
4722 | ? REG_ICASE : 0); | |
4723 | preg.emplace (symbol_name_regexp, cflags, | |
4724 | _("Invalid regexp")); | |
4725 | } | |
4726 | ||
4727 | if (m_symbol_type_regexp != NULL) | |
4728 | { | |
4729 | int cflags = REG_NOSUB | (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off | |
4730 | ? REG_ICASE : 0); | |
4731 | treg.emplace (m_symbol_type_regexp, cflags, | |
4732 | _("Invalid regexp")); | |
4733 | } | |
4734 | ||
4735 | bool found_msymbol = false; | |
4736 | std::set<symbol_search> result_set; | |
4737 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | /* Expand symtabs within objfile that possibly contain matching | |
4740 | symbols. */ | |
4741 | found_msymbol |= expand_symtabs (objfile, preg); | |
4742 | ||
4743 | /* Find matching symbols within OBJFILE and add them in to the | |
4744 | RESULT_SET set. Use a set here so that we can easily detect | |
4745 | duplicates as we go, and can therefore track how many unique | |
4746 | matches we have found so far. */ | |
4747 | if (!add_matching_symbols (objfile, preg, treg, &result_set)) | |
4748 | break; | |
4749 | } | |
4750 | ||
4751 | /* Convert the result set into a sorted result list, as std::set is | |
4752 | defined to be sorted then no explicit call to std::sort is needed. */ | |
4753 | std::vector<symbol_search> result (result_set.begin (), result_set.end ()); | |
4754 | ||
4755 | /* If there are no debug symbols, then add matching minsyms. But if the | |
4756 | user wants to see symbols matching a type regexp, then never give a | |
4757 | minimal symbol, as we assume that a minimal symbol does not have a | |
4758 | type. */ | |
4759 | if ((found_msymbol || (filenames.empty () && m_kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN)) | |
4760 | && !m_exclude_minsyms | |
4761 | && !treg.has_value ()) | |
4762 | { | |
4763 | gdb_assert (m_kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN || m_kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN); | |
4764 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
4765 | if (!add_matching_msymbols (objfile, preg, &result)) | |
4766 | break; | |
4767 | } | |
4768 | ||
4769 | return result; | |
4770 | } | |
4771 | ||
4772 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
4773 | ||
4774 | std::string | |
4775 | symbol_to_info_string (struct symbol *sym, int block, | |
4776 | enum search_domain kind) | |
4777 | { | |
4778 | std::string str; | |
4779 | ||
4780 | gdb_assert (block == GLOBAL_BLOCK || block == STATIC_BLOCK); | |
4781 | ||
4782 | if (kind != TYPES_DOMAIN && block == STATIC_BLOCK) | |
4783 | str += "static "; | |
4784 | ||
4785 | /* Typedef that is not a C++ class. */ | |
4786 | if (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN | |
4787 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) != STRUCT_DOMAIN) | |
4788 | { | |
4789 | string_file tmp_stream; | |
4790 | ||
4791 | /* FIXME: For C (and C++) we end up with a difference in output here | |
4792 | between how a typedef is printed, and non-typedefs are printed. | |
4793 | The TYPEDEF_PRINT code places a ";" at the end in an attempt to | |
4794 | appear C-like, while TYPE_PRINT doesn't. | |
4795 | ||
4796 | For the struct printing case below, things are worse, we force | |
4797 | printing of the ";" in this function, which is going to be wrong | |
4798 | for languages that don't require a ";" between statements. */ | |
4799 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) | |
4800 | typedef_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), sym, &tmp_stream); | |
4801 | else | |
4802 | type_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), "", &tmp_stream, -1); | |
4803 | str += tmp_stream.string (); | |
4804 | } | |
4805 | /* variable, func, or typedef-that-is-c++-class. */ | |
4806 | else if (kind < TYPES_DOMAIN | |
4807 | || (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN | |
4808 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN)) | |
4809 | { | |
4810 | string_file tmp_stream; | |
4811 | ||
4812 | type_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), | |
4813 | (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF | |
4814 | ? "" : sym->print_name ()), | |
4815 | &tmp_stream, 0); | |
4816 | ||
4817 | str += tmp_stream.string (); | |
4818 | str += ";"; | |
4819 | } | |
4820 | /* Printing of modules is currently done here, maybe at some future | |
4821 | point we might want a language specific method to print the module | |
4822 | symbol so that we can customise the output more. */ | |
4823 | else if (kind == MODULES_DOMAIN) | |
4824 | str += sym->print_name (); | |
4825 | ||
4826 | return str; | |
4827 | } | |
4828 | ||
4829 | /* Helper function for symbol info commands, for example 'info functions', | |
4830 | 'info variables', etc. KIND is the kind of symbol we searched for, and | |
4831 | BLOCK is the type of block the symbols was found in, either GLOBAL_BLOCK | |
4832 | or STATIC_BLOCK. SYM is the symbol we found. If LAST is not NULL, | |
4833 | print file and line number information for the symbol as well. Skip | |
4834 | printing the filename if it matches LAST. */ | |
4835 | ||
4836 | static void | |
4837 | print_symbol_info (enum search_domain kind, | |
4838 | struct symbol *sym, | |
4839 | int block, const char *last) | |
4840 | { | |
4841 | scoped_switch_to_sym_language_if_auto l (sym); | |
4842 | struct symtab *s = symbol_symtab (sym); | |
4843 | ||
4844 | if (last != NULL) | |
4845 | { | |
4846 | const char *s_filename = symtab_to_filename_for_display (s); | |
4847 | ||
4848 | if (filename_cmp (last, s_filename) != 0) | |
4849 | { | |
4850 | printf_filtered (_("\nFile %ps:\n"), | |
4851 | styled_string (file_name_style.style (), | |
4852 | s_filename)); | |
4853 | } | |
4854 | ||
4855 | if (SYMBOL_LINE (sym) != 0) | |
4856 | printf_filtered ("%d:\t", SYMBOL_LINE (sym)); | |
4857 | else | |
4858 | puts_filtered ("\t"); | |
4859 | } | |
4860 | ||
4861 | std::string str = symbol_to_info_string (sym, block, kind); | |
4862 | printf_filtered ("%s\n", str.c_str ()); | |
4863 | } | |
4864 | ||
4865 | /* This help function for symtab_symbol_info() prints information | |
4866 | for non-debugging symbols to gdb_stdout. */ | |
4867 | ||
4868 | static void | |
4869 | print_msymbol_info (struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol) | |
4870 | { | |
4871 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (msymbol.objfile); | |
4872 | char *tmp; | |
4873 | ||
4874 | if (gdbarch_addr_bit (gdbarch) <= 32) | |
4875 | tmp = hex_string_custom (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol) | |
4876 | & (CORE_ADDR) 0xffffffff, | |
4877 | 8); | |
4878 | else | |
4879 | tmp = hex_string_custom (BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol), | |
4880 | 16); | |
4881 | ||
4882 | ui_file_style sym_style = (msymbol.minsym->text_p () | |
4883 | ? function_name_style.style () | |
4884 | : ui_file_style ()); | |
4885 | ||
4886 | printf_filtered (_("%ps %ps\n"), | |
4887 | styled_string (address_style.style (), tmp), | |
4888 | styled_string (sym_style, msymbol.minsym->print_name ())); | |
4889 | } | |
4890 | ||
4891 | /* This is the guts of the commands "info functions", "info types", and | |
4892 | "info variables". It calls search_symbols to find all matches and then | |
4893 | print_[m]symbol_info to print out some useful information about the | |
4894 | matches. */ | |
4895 | ||
4896 | static void | |
4897 | symtab_symbol_info (bool quiet, bool exclude_minsyms, | |
4898 | const char *regexp, enum search_domain kind, | |
4899 | const char *t_regexp, int from_tty) | |
4900 | { | |
4901 | static const char * const classnames[] = | |
4902 | {"variable", "function", "type", "module"}; | |
4903 | const char *last_filename = ""; | |
4904 | int first = 1; | |
4905 | ||
4906 | gdb_assert (kind != ALL_DOMAIN); | |
4907 | ||
4908 | if (regexp != nullptr && *regexp == '\0') | |
4909 | regexp = nullptr; | |
4910 | ||
4911 | global_symbol_searcher spec (kind, regexp); | |
4912 | spec.set_symbol_type_regexp (t_regexp); | |
4913 | spec.set_exclude_minsyms (exclude_minsyms); | |
4914 | std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec.search (); | |
4915 | ||
4916 | if (!quiet) | |
4917 | { | |
4918 | if (regexp != NULL) | |
4919 | { | |
4920 | if (t_regexp != NULL) | |
4921 | printf_filtered | |
4922 | (_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\"" | |
4923 | " with type matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), | |
4924 | classnames[kind], regexp, t_regexp); | |
4925 | else | |
4926 | printf_filtered (_("All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), | |
4927 | classnames[kind], regexp); | |
4928 | } | |
4929 | else | |
4930 | { | |
4931 | if (t_regexp != NULL) | |
4932 | printf_filtered | |
4933 | (_("All defined %ss" | |
4934 | " with type matching regular expression \"%s\" :\n"), | |
4935 | classnames[kind], t_regexp); | |
4936 | else | |
4937 | printf_filtered (_("All defined %ss:\n"), classnames[kind]); | |
4938 | } | |
4939 | } | |
4940 | ||
4941 | for (const symbol_search &p : symbols) | |
4942 | { | |
4943 | QUIT; | |
4944 | ||
4945 | if (p.msymbol.minsym != NULL) | |
4946 | { | |
4947 | if (first) | |
4948 | { | |
4949 | if (!quiet) | |
4950 | printf_filtered (_("\nNon-debugging symbols:\n")); | |
4951 | first = 0; | |
4952 | } | |
4953 | print_msymbol_info (p.msymbol); | |
4954 | } | |
4955 | else | |
4956 | { | |
4957 | print_symbol_info (kind, | |
4958 | p.symbol, | |
4959 | p.block, | |
4960 | last_filename); | |
4961 | last_filename | |
4962 | = symtab_to_filename_for_display (symbol_symtab (p.symbol)); | |
4963 | } | |
4964 | } | |
4965 | } | |
4966 | ||
4967 | /* Structure to hold the values of the options used by the 'info variables' | |
4968 | and 'info functions' commands. These correspond to the -q, -t, and -n | |
4969 | options. */ | |
4970 | ||
4971 | struct info_vars_funcs_options | |
4972 | { | |
4973 | bool quiet = false; | |
4974 | bool exclude_minsyms = false; | |
4975 | char *type_regexp = nullptr; | |
4976 | ||
4977 | ~info_vars_funcs_options () | |
4978 | { | |
4979 | xfree (type_regexp); | |
4980 | } | |
4981 | }; | |
4982 | ||
4983 | /* The options used by the 'info variables' and 'info functions' | |
4984 | commands. */ | |
4985 | ||
4986 | static const gdb::option::option_def info_vars_funcs_options_defs[] = { | |
4987 | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> { | |
4988 | "q", | |
4989 | [] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; }, | |
4990 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
4991 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
4992 | }, | |
4993 | ||
4994 | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> { | |
4995 | "n", | |
4996 | [] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->exclude_minsyms; }, | |
4997 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
4998 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
4999 | }, | |
5000 | ||
5001 | gdb::option::string_option_def<info_vars_funcs_options> { | |
5002 | "t", | |
5003 | [] (info_vars_funcs_options *opt) { return &opt->type_regexp; | |
5004 | }, | |
5005 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
5006 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
5007 | } | |
5008 | }; | |
5009 | ||
5010 | /* Returns the option group used by 'info variables' and 'info | |
5011 | functions'. */ | |
5012 | ||
5013 | static gdb::option::option_def_group | |
5014 | make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (info_vars_funcs_options *opts) | |
5015 | { | |
5016 | return {{info_vars_funcs_options_defs}, opts}; | |
5017 | } | |
5018 | ||
5019 | /* Command completer for 'info variables' and 'info functions'. */ | |
5020 | ||
5021 | static void | |
5022 | info_vars_funcs_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, | |
5023 | completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5024 | const char *text, const char * /* word */) | |
5025 | { | |
5026 | const auto group | |
5027 | = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (nullptr); | |
5028 | if (gdb::option::complete_options | |
5029 | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | |
5030 | return; | |
5031 | ||
5032 | const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text); | |
5033 | symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word); | |
5034 | } | |
5035 | ||
5036 | /* Implement the 'info variables' command. */ | |
5037 | ||
5038 | static void | |
5039 | info_variables_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
5040 | { | |
5041 | info_vars_funcs_options opts; | |
5042 | auto grp = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (&opts); | |
5043 | gdb::option::process_options | |
5044 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | |
5045 | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | |
5046 | args = nullptr; | |
5047 | ||
5048 | symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, opts.exclude_minsyms, args, VARIABLES_DOMAIN, | |
5049 | opts.type_regexp, from_tty); | |
5050 | } | |
5051 | ||
5052 | /* Implement the 'info functions' command. */ | |
5053 | ||
5054 | static void | |
5055 | info_functions_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
5056 | { | |
5057 | info_vars_funcs_options opts; | |
5058 | ||
5059 | auto grp = make_info_vars_funcs_options_def_group (&opts); | |
5060 | gdb::option::process_options | |
5061 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | |
5062 | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | |
5063 | args = nullptr; | |
5064 | ||
5065 | symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, opts.exclude_minsyms, args, | |
5066 | FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, opts.type_regexp, from_tty); | |
5067 | } | |
5068 | ||
5069 | /* Holds the -q option for the 'info types' command. */ | |
5070 | ||
5071 | struct info_types_options | |
5072 | { | |
5073 | bool quiet = false; | |
5074 | }; | |
5075 | ||
5076 | /* The options used by the 'info types' command. */ | |
5077 | ||
5078 | static const gdb::option::option_def info_types_options_defs[] = { | |
5079 | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_types_options> { | |
5080 | "q", | |
5081 | [] (info_types_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; }, | |
5082 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
5083 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
5084 | } | |
5085 | }; | |
5086 | ||
5087 | /* Returns the option group used by 'info types'. */ | |
5088 | ||
5089 | static gdb::option::option_def_group | |
5090 | make_info_types_options_def_group (info_types_options *opts) | |
5091 | { | |
5092 | return {{info_types_options_defs}, opts}; | |
5093 | } | |
5094 | ||
5095 | /* Implement the 'info types' command. */ | |
5096 | ||
5097 | static void | |
5098 | info_types_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
5099 | { | |
5100 | info_types_options opts; | |
5101 | ||
5102 | auto grp = make_info_types_options_def_group (&opts); | |
5103 | gdb::option::process_options | |
5104 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | |
5105 | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | |
5106 | args = nullptr; | |
5107 | symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, false, args, TYPES_DOMAIN, NULL, from_tty); | |
5108 | } | |
5109 | ||
5110 | /* Command completer for 'info types' command. */ | |
5111 | ||
5112 | static void | |
5113 | info_types_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, | |
5114 | completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5115 | const char *text, const char * /* word */) | |
5116 | { | |
5117 | const auto group | |
5118 | = make_info_types_options_def_group (nullptr); | |
5119 | if (gdb::option::complete_options | |
5120 | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | |
5121 | return; | |
5122 | ||
5123 | const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text); | |
5124 | symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word); | |
5125 | } | |
5126 | ||
5127 | /* Implement the 'info modules' command. */ | |
5128 | ||
5129 | static void | |
5130 | info_modules_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
5131 | { | |
5132 | info_types_options opts; | |
5133 | ||
5134 | auto grp = make_info_types_options_def_group (&opts); | |
5135 | gdb::option::process_options | |
5136 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | |
5137 | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | |
5138 | args = nullptr; | |
5139 | symtab_symbol_info (opts.quiet, true, args, MODULES_DOMAIN, NULL, | |
5140 | from_tty); | |
5141 | } | |
5142 | ||
5143 | static void | |
5144 | rbreak_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty) | |
5145 | { | |
5146 | std::string string; | |
5147 | const char *file_name = nullptr; | |
5148 | ||
5149 | if (regexp != nullptr) | |
5150 | { | |
5151 | const char *colon = strchr (regexp, ':'); | |
5152 | ||
5153 | if (colon && *(colon + 1) != ':') | |
5154 | { | |
5155 | int colon_index; | |
5156 | char *local_name; | |
5157 | ||
5158 | colon_index = colon - regexp; | |
5159 | local_name = (char *) alloca (colon_index + 1); | |
5160 | memcpy (local_name, regexp, colon_index); | |
5161 | local_name[colon_index--] = 0; | |
5162 | while (isspace (local_name[colon_index])) | |
5163 | local_name[colon_index--] = 0; | |
5164 | file_name = local_name; | |
5165 | regexp = skip_spaces (colon + 1); | |
5166 | } | |
5167 | } | |
5168 | ||
5169 | global_symbol_searcher spec (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, regexp); | |
5170 | if (file_name != nullptr) | |
5171 | spec.filenames.push_back (file_name); | |
5172 | std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec.search (); | |
5173 | ||
5174 | scoped_rbreak_breakpoints finalize; | |
5175 | for (const symbol_search &p : symbols) | |
5176 | { | |
5177 | if (p.msymbol.minsym == NULL) | |
5178 | { | |
5179 | struct symtab *symtab = symbol_symtab (p.symbol); | |
5180 | const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (symtab); | |
5181 | ||
5182 | string = string_printf ("%s:'%s'", fullname, | |
5183 | p.symbol->linkage_name ()); | |
5184 | break_command (&string[0], from_tty); | |
5185 | print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, p.symbol, p.block, NULL); | |
5186 | } | |
5187 | else | |
5188 | { | |
5189 | string = string_printf ("'%s'", | |
5190 | p.msymbol.minsym->linkage_name ()); | |
5191 | ||
5192 | break_command (&string[0], from_tty); | |
5193 | printf_filtered ("<function, no debug info> %s;\n", | |
5194 | p.msymbol.minsym->print_name ()); | |
5195 | } | |
5196 | } | |
5197 | } | |
5198 | \f | |
5199 | ||
5200 | /* Evaluate if SYMNAME matches LOOKUP_NAME. */ | |
5201 | ||
5202 | static int | |
5203 | compare_symbol_name (const char *symbol_name, language symbol_language, | |
5204 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5205 | completion_match_result &match_res) | |
5206 | { | |
5207 | const language_defn *lang = language_def (symbol_language); | |
5208 | ||
5209 | symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match | |
5210 | = get_symbol_name_matcher (lang, lookup_name); | |
5211 | ||
5212 | return name_match (symbol_name, lookup_name, &match_res); | |
5213 | } | |
5214 | ||
5215 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
5216 | ||
5217 | void | |
5218 | completion_list_add_name (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5219 | language symbol_language, | |
5220 | const char *symname, | |
5221 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5222 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
5223 | { | |
5224 | completion_match_result &match_res | |
5225 | = tracker.reset_completion_match_result (); | |
5226 | ||
5227 | /* Clip symbols that cannot match. */ | |
5228 | if (!compare_symbol_name (symname, symbol_language, lookup_name, match_res)) | |
5229 | return; | |
5230 | ||
5231 | /* Refresh SYMNAME from the match string. It's potentially | |
5232 | different depending on language. (E.g., on Ada, the match may be | |
5233 | the encoded symbol name wrapped in "<>"). */ | |
5234 | symname = match_res.match.match (); | |
5235 | gdb_assert (symname != NULL); | |
5236 | ||
5237 | /* We have a match for a completion, so add SYMNAME to the current list | |
5238 | of matches. Note that the name is moved to freshly malloc'd space. */ | |
5239 | ||
5240 | { | |
5241 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> completion | |
5242 | = make_completion_match_str (symname, text, word); | |
5243 | ||
5244 | /* Here we pass the match-for-lcd object to add_completion. Some | |
5245 | languages match the user text against substrings of symbol | |
5246 | names in some cases. E.g., in C++, "b push_ba" completes to | |
5247 | "std::vector::push_back", "std::string::push_back", etc., and | |
5248 | in this case we want the completion lowest common denominator | |
5249 | to be "push_back" instead of "std::". */ | |
5250 | tracker.add_completion (std::move (completion), | |
5251 | &match_res.match_for_lcd, text, word); | |
5252 | } | |
5253 | } | |
5254 | ||
5255 | /* completion_list_add_name wrapper for struct symbol. */ | |
5256 | ||
5257 | static void | |
5258 | completion_list_add_symbol (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5259 | symbol *sym, | |
5260 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5261 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
5262 | { | |
5263 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (), | |
5264 | sym->natural_name (), | |
5265 | lookup_name, text, word); | |
5266 | } | |
5267 | ||
5268 | /* completion_list_add_name wrapper for struct minimal_symbol. */ | |
5269 | ||
5270 | static void | |
5271 | completion_list_add_msymbol (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5272 | minimal_symbol *sym, | |
5273 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5274 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
5275 | { | |
5276 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (), | |
5277 | sym->natural_name (), | |
5278 | lookup_name, text, word); | |
5279 | } | |
5280 | ||
5281 | ||
5282 | /* ObjC: In case we are completing on a selector, look as the msymbol | |
5283 | again and feed all the selectors into the mill. */ | |
5284 | ||
5285 | static void | |
5286 | completion_list_objc_symbol (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5287 | struct minimal_symbol *msymbol, | |
5288 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5289 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
5290 | { | |
5291 | static char *tmp = NULL; | |
5292 | static unsigned int tmplen = 0; | |
5293 | ||
5294 | const char *method, *category, *selector; | |
5295 | char *tmp2 = NULL; | |
5296 | ||
5297 | method = msymbol->natural_name (); | |
5298 | ||
5299 | /* Is it a method? */ | |
5300 | if ((method[0] != '-') && (method[0] != '+')) | |
5301 | return; | |
5302 | ||
5303 | if (text[0] == '[') | |
5304 | /* Complete on shortened method method. */ | |
5305 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, | |
5306 | method + 1, | |
5307 | lookup_name, | |
5308 | text, word); | |
5309 | ||
5310 | while ((strlen (method) + 1) >= tmplen) | |
5311 | { | |
5312 | if (tmplen == 0) | |
5313 | tmplen = 1024; | |
5314 | else | |
5315 | tmplen *= 2; | |
5316 | tmp = (char *) xrealloc (tmp, tmplen); | |
5317 | } | |
5318 | selector = strchr (method, ' '); | |
5319 | if (selector != NULL) | |
5320 | selector++; | |
5321 | ||
5322 | category = strchr (method, '('); | |
5323 | ||
5324 | if ((category != NULL) && (selector != NULL)) | |
5325 | { | |
5326 | memcpy (tmp, method, (category - method)); | |
5327 | tmp[category - method] = ' '; | |
5328 | memcpy (tmp + (category - method) + 1, selector, strlen (selector) + 1); | |
5329 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp, | |
5330 | lookup_name, text, word); | |
5331 | if (text[0] == '[') | |
5332 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp + 1, | |
5333 | lookup_name, text, word); | |
5334 | } | |
5335 | ||
5336 | if (selector != NULL) | |
5337 | { | |
5338 | /* Complete on selector only. */ | |
5339 | strcpy (tmp, selector); | |
5340 | tmp2 = strchr (tmp, ']'); | |
5341 | if (tmp2 != NULL) | |
5342 | *tmp2 = '\0'; | |
5343 | ||
5344 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_objc, tmp, | |
5345 | lookup_name, text, word); | |
5346 | } | |
5347 | } | |
5348 | ||
5349 | /* Break the non-quoted text based on the characters which are in | |
5350 | symbols. FIXME: This should probably be language-specific. */ | |
5351 | ||
5352 | static const char * | |
5353 | language_search_unquoted_string (const char *text, const char *p) | |
5354 | { | |
5355 | for (; p > text; --p) | |
5356 | { | |
5357 | if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0') | |
5358 | continue; | |
5359 | else | |
5360 | { | |
5361 | if ((current_language->la_language == language_objc)) | |
5362 | { | |
5363 | if (p[-1] == ':') /* Might be part of a method name. */ | |
5364 | continue; | |
5365 | else if (p[-1] == '[' && (p[-2] == '-' || p[-2] == '+')) | |
5366 | p -= 2; /* Beginning of a method name. */ | |
5367 | else if (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '(' || p[-1] == ')') | |
5368 | { /* Might be part of a method name. */ | |
5369 | const char *t = p; | |
5370 | ||
5371 | /* Seeing a ' ' or a '(' is not conclusive evidence | |
5372 | that we are in the middle of a method name. However, | |
5373 | finding "-[" or "+[" should be pretty un-ambiguous. | |
5374 | Unfortunately we have to find it now to decide. */ | |
5375 | ||
5376 | while (t > text) | |
5377 | if (isalnum (t[-1]) || t[-1] == '_' || | |
5378 | t[-1] == ' ' || t[-1] == ':' || | |
5379 | t[-1] == '(' || t[-1] == ')') | |
5380 | --t; | |
5381 | else | |
5382 | break; | |
5383 | ||
5384 | if (t[-1] == '[' && (t[-2] == '-' || t[-2] == '+')) | |
5385 | p = t - 2; /* Method name detected. */ | |
5386 | /* Else we leave with p unchanged. */ | |
5387 | } | |
5388 | } | |
5389 | break; | |
5390 | } | |
5391 | } | |
5392 | return p; | |
5393 | } | |
5394 | ||
5395 | static void | |
5396 | completion_list_add_fields (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5397 | struct symbol *sym, | |
5398 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5399 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
5400 | { | |
5401 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) | |
5402 | { | |
5403 | struct type *t = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); | |
5404 | enum type_code c = TYPE_CODE (t); | |
5405 | int j; | |
5406 | ||
5407 | if (c == TYPE_CODE_UNION || c == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) | |
5408 | for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); j < TYPE_NFIELDS (t); j++) | |
5409 | if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j)) | |
5410 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, sym->language (), | |
5411 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j), | |
5412 | lookup_name, text, word); | |
5413 | } | |
5414 | } | |
5415 | ||
5416 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
5417 | ||
5418 | bool | |
5419 | symbol_is_function_or_method (symbol *sym) | |
5420 | { | |
5421 | switch (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))) | |
5422 | { | |
5423 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: | |
5424 | case TYPE_CODE_METHOD: | |
5425 | return true; | |
5426 | default: | |
5427 | return false; | |
5428 | } | |
5429 | } | |
5430 | ||
5431 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
5432 | ||
5433 | bool | |
5434 | symbol_is_function_or_method (minimal_symbol *msymbol) | |
5435 | { | |
5436 | switch (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol)) | |
5437 | { | |
5438 | case mst_text: | |
5439 | case mst_text_gnu_ifunc: | |
5440 | case mst_solib_trampoline: | |
5441 | case mst_file_text: | |
5442 | return true; | |
5443 | default: | |
5444 | return false; | |
5445 | } | |
5446 | } | |
5447 | ||
5448 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
5449 | ||
5450 | bound_minimal_symbol | |
5451 | find_gnu_ifunc (const symbol *sym) | |
5452 | { | |
5453 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK) | |
5454 | return {}; | |
5455 | ||
5456 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym->search_name (), | |
5457 | symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME); | |
5458 | struct objfile *objfile = symbol_objfile (sym); | |
5459 | ||
5460 | CORE_ADDR address = BLOCK_ENTRY_PC (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)); | |
5461 | minimal_symbol *ifunc = NULL; | |
5462 | ||
5463 | iterate_over_minimal_symbols (objfile, lookup_name, | |
5464 | [&] (minimal_symbol *minsym) | |
5465 | { | |
5466 | if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (minsym) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc | |
5467 | || MSYMBOL_TYPE (minsym) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc) | |
5468 | { | |
5469 | CORE_ADDR msym_addr = MSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (objfile, minsym); | |
5470 | if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (minsym) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc) | |
5471 | { | |
5472 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile); | |
5473 | msym_addr | |
5474 | = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, | |
5475 | msym_addr, | |
5476 | current_top_target ()); | |
5477 | } | |
5478 | if (msym_addr == address) | |
5479 | { | |
5480 | ifunc = minsym; | |
5481 | return true; | |
5482 | } | |
5483 | } | |
5484 | return false; | |
5485 | }); | |
5486 | ||
5487 | if (ifunc != NULL) | |
5488 | return {ifunc, objfile}; | |
5489 | return {}; | |
5490 | } | |
5491 | ||
5492 | /* Add matching symbols from SYMTAB to the current completion list. */ | |
5493 | ||
5494 | static void | |
5495 | add_symtab_completions (struct compunit_symtab *cust, | |
5496 | completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5497 | complete_symbol_mode mode, | |
5498 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, | |
5499 | const char *text, const char *word, | |
5500 | enum type_code code) | |
5501 | { | |
5502 | struct symbol *sym; | |
5503 | const struct block *b; | |
5504 | struct block_iterator iter; | |
5505 | int i; | |
5506 | ||
5507 | if (cust == NULL) | |
5508 | return; | |
5509 | ||
5510 | for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++) | |
5511 | { | |
5512 | QUIT; | |
5513 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cust), i); | |
5514 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) | |
5515 | { | |
5516 | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, sym)) | |
5517 | continue; | |
5518 | ||
5519 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF | |
5520 | || (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN | |
5521 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == code)) | |
5522 | completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, | |
5523 | lookup_name, | |
5524 | text, word); | |
5525 | } | |
5526 | } | |
5527 | } | |
5528 | ||
5529 | void | |
5530 | default_collect_symbol_completion_matches_break_on | |
5531 | (completion_tracker &tracker, complete_symbol_mode mode, | |
5532 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | |
5533 | const char *text, const char *word, | |
5534 | const char *break_on, enum type_code code) | |
5535 | { | |
5536 | /* Problem: All of the symbols have to be copied because readline | |
5537 | frees them. I'm not going to worry about this; hopefully there | |
5538 | won't be that many. */ | |
5539 | ||
5540 | struct symbol *sym; | |
5541 | const struct block *b; | |
5542 | const struct block *surrounding_static_block, *surrounding_global_block; | |
5543 | struct block_iterator iter; | |
5544 | /* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */ | |
5545 | const char *sym_text; | |
5546 | ||
5547 | /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on. */ | |
5548 | if (mode == complete_symbol_mode::LINESPEC) | |
5549 | sym_text = text; | |
5550 | else | |
5551 | { | |
5552 | const char *p; | |
5553 | char quote_found; | |
5554 | const char *quote_pos = NULL; | |
5555 | ||
5556 | /* First see if this is a quoted string. */ | |
5557 | quote_found = '\0'; | |
5558 | for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p) | |
5559 | { | |
5560 | if (quote_found != '\0') | |
5561 | { | |
5562 | if (*p == quote_found) | |
5563 | /* Found close quote. */ | |
5564 | quote_found = '\0'; | |
5565 | else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found) | |
5566 | /* A backslash followed by the quote character | |
5567 | doesn't end the string. */ | |
5568 | ++p; | |
5569 | } | |
5570 | else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"') | |
5571 | { | |
5572 | quote_found = *p; | |
5573 | quote_pos = p; | |
5574 | } | |
5575 | } | |
5576 | if (quote_found == '\'') | |
5577 | /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */ | |
5578 | sym_text = quote_pos + 1; | |
5579 | else if (quote_found == '"') | |
5580 | /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense | |
5581 | to complete it any other way. */ | |
5582 | { | |
5583 | return; | |
5584 | } | |
5585 | else | |
5586 | { | |
5587 | /* It is not a quoted string. Break it based on the characters | |
5588 | which are in symbols. */ | |
5589 | while (p > text) | |
5590 | { | |
5591 | if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0' | |
5592 | || p[-1] == ':' || strchr (break_on, p[-1]) != NULL) | |
5593 | --p; | |
5594 | else | |
5595 | break; | |
5596 | } | |
5597 | sym_text = p; | |
5598 | } | |
5599 | } | |
5600 | ||
5601 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym_text, name_match_type, true); | |
5602 | ||
5603 | /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each | |
5604 | symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore | |
5605 | anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be | |
5606 | handled by the psymtab code below). */ | |
5607 | ||
5608 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | |
5609 | { | |
5610 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
5611 | { | |
5612 | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) | |
5613 | { | |
5614 | QUIT; | |
5615 | ||
5616 | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, msymbol)) | |
5617 | continue; | |
5618 | ||
5619 | completion_list_add_msymbol (tracker, msymbol, lookup_name, | |
5620 | sym_text, word); | |
5621 | ||
5622 | completion_list_objc_symbol (tracker, msymbol, lookup_name, | |
5623 | sym_text, word); | |
5624 | } | |
5625 | } | |
5626 | } | |
5627 | ||
5628 | /* Add completions for all currently loaded symbol tables. */ | |
5629 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
5630 | { | |
5631 | for (compunit_symtab *cust : objfile->compunits ()) | |
5632 | add_symtab_completions (cust, tracker, mode, lookup_name, | |
5633 | sym_text, word, code); | |
5634 | } | |
5635 | ||
5636 | /* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin by | |
5637 | matching SYM_TEXT. Expand all CUs that you find to the list. */ | |
5638 | expand_symtabs_matching (NULL, | |
5639 | lookup_name, | |
5640 | NULL, | |
5641 | [&] (compunit_symtab *symtab) /* expansion notify */ | |
5642 | { | |
5643 | add_symtab_completions (symtab, | |
5644 | tracker, mode, lookup_name, | |
5645 | sym_text, word, code); | |
5646 | }, | |
5647 | ALL_DOMAIN); | |
5648 | ||
5649 | /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can | |
5650 | complete on local vars). Also catch fields of types defined in | |
5651 | this places which match our text string. Only complete on types | |
5652 | visible from current context. */ | |
5653 | ||
5654 | b = get_selected_block (0); | |
5655 | surrounding_static_block = block_static_block (b); | |
5656 | surrounding_global_block = block_global_block (b); | |
5657 | if (surrounding_static_block != NULL) | |
5658 | while (b != surrounding_static_block) | |
5659 | { | |
5660 | QUIT; | |
5661 | ||
5662 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) | |
5663 | { | |
5664 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | |
5665 | { | |
5666 | completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | |
5667 | sym_text, word); | |
5668 | completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | |
5669 | sym_text, word); | |
5670 | } | |
5671 | else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN | |
5672 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == code) | |
5673 | completion_list_add_symbol (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | |
5674 | sym_text, word); | |
5675 | } | |
5676 | ||
5677 | /* Stop when we encounter an enclosing function. Do not stop for | |
5678 | non-inlined functions - the locals of the enclosing function | |
5679 | are in scope for a nested function. */ | |
5680 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL && block_inlined_p (b)) | |
5681 | break; | |
5682 | b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b); | |
5683 | } | |
5684 | ||
5685 | /* Add fields from the file's types; symbols will be added below. */ | |
5686 | ||
5687 | if (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | |
5688 | { | |
5689 | if (surrounding_static_block != NULL) | |
5690 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_static_block, iter, sym) | |
5691 | completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | |
5692 | sym_text, word); | |
5693 | ||
5694 | if (surrounding_global_block != NULL) | |
5695 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_global_block, iter, sym) | |
5696 | completion_list_add_fields (tracker, sym, lookup_name, | |
5697 | sym_text, word); | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | ||
5700 | /* Skip macros if we are completing a struct tag -- arguable but | |
5701 | usually what is expected. */ | |
5702 | if (current_language->la_macro_expansion == macro_expansion_c | |
5703 | && code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) | |
5704 | { | |
5705 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<struct macro_scope> scope; | |
5706 | ||
5707 | /* This adds a macro's name to the current completion list. */ | |
5708 | auto add_macro_name = [&] (const char *macro_name, | |
5709 | const macro_definition *, | |
5710 | macro_source_file *, | |
5711 | int) | |
5712 | { | |
5713 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, language_c, macro_name, | |
5714 | lookup_name, sym_text, word); | |
5715 | }; | |
5716 | ||
5717 | /* Add any macros visible in the default scope. Note that this | |
5718 | may yield the occasional wrong result, because an expression | |
5719 | might be evaluated in a scope other than the default. For | |
5720 | example, if the user types "break file:line if <TAB>", the | |
5721 | resulting expression will be evaluated at "file:line" -- but | |
5722 | at there does not seem to be a way to detect this at | |
5723 | completion time. */ | |
5724 | scope = default_macro_scope (); | |
5725 | if (scope) | |
5726 | macro_for_each_in_scope (scope->file, scope->line, | |
5727 | add_macro_name); | |
5728 | ||
5729 | /* User-defined macros are always visible. */ | |
5730 | macro_for_each (macro_user_macros, add_macro_name); | |
5731 | } | |
5732 | } | |
5733 | ||
5734 | void | |
5735 | default_collect_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5736 | complete_symbol_mode mode, | |
5737 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | |
5738 | const char *text, const char *word, | |
5739 | enum type_code code) | |
5740 | { | |
5741 | return default_collect_symbol_completion_matches_break_on (tracker, mode, | |
5742 | name_match_type, | |
5743 | text, word, "", | |
5744 | code); | |
5745 | } | |
5746 | ||
5747 | /* Collect all symbols (regardless of class) which begin by matching | |
5748 | TEXT. */ | |
5749 | ||
5750 | void | |
5751 | collect_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5752 | complete_symbol_mode mode, | |
5753 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | |
5754 | const char *text, const char *word) | |
5755 | { | |
5756 | current_language->la_collect_symbol_completion_matches (tracker, mode, | |
5757 | name_match_type, | |
5758 | text, word, | |
5759 | TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); | |
5760 | } | |
5761 | ||
5762 | /* Like collect_symbol_completion_matches, but only collect | |
5763 | STRUCT_DOMAIN symbols whose type code is CODE. */ | |
5764 | ||
5765 | void | |
5766 | collect_symbol_completion_matches_type (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5767 | const char *text, const char *word, | |
5768 | enum type_code code) | |
5769 | { | |
5770 | complete_symbol_mode mode = complete_symbol_mode::EXPRESSION; | |
5771 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type = symbol_name_match_type::EXPRESSION; | |
5772 | ||
5773 | gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNION | |
5774 | || code == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT | |
5775 | || code == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); | |
5776 | current_language->la_collect_symbol_completion_matches (tracker, mode, | |
5777 | name_match_type, | |
5778 | text, word, code); | |
5779 | } | |
5780 | ||
5781 | /* Like collect_symbol_completion_matches, but collects a list of | |
5782 | symbols defined in all source files named SRCFILE. */ | |
5783 | ||
5784 | void | |
5785 | collect_file_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker, | |
5786 | complete_symbol_mode mode, | |
5787 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, | |
5788 | const char *text, const char *word, | |
5789 | const char *srcfile) | |
5790 | { | |
5791 | /* The symbol we are completing on. Points in same buffer as text. */ | |
5792 | const char *sym_text; | |
5793 | ||
5794 | /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on. | |
5795 | FIXME: This should be language-specific. */ | |
5796 | if (mode == complete_symbol_mode::LINESPEC) | |
5797 | sym_text = text; | |
5798 | else | |
5799 | { | |
5800 | const char *p; | |
5801 | char quote_found; | |
5802 | const char *quote_pos = NULL; | |
5803 | ||
5804 | /* First see if this is a quoted string. */ | |
5805 | quote_found = '\0'; | |
5806 | for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p) | |
5807 | { | |
5808 | if (quote_found != '\0') | |
5809 | { | |
5810 | if (*p == quote_found) | |
5811 | /* Found close quote. */ | |
5812 | quote_found = '\0'; | |
5813 | else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found) | |
5814 | /* A backslash followed by the quote character | |
5815 | doesn't end the string. */ | |
5816 | ++p; | |
5817 | } | |
5818 | else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"') | |
5819 | { | |
5820 | quote_found = *p; | |
5821 | quote_pos = p; | |
5822 | } | |
5823 | } | |
5824 | if (quote_found == '\'') | |
5825 | /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it. */ | |
5826 | sym_text = quote_pos + 1; | |
5827 | else if (quote_found == '"') | |
5828 | /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense | |
5829 | to complete it any other way. */ | |
5830 | { | |
5831 | return; | |
5832 | } | |
5833 | else | |
5834 | { | |
5835 | /* Not a quoted string. */ | |
5836 | sym_text = language_search_unquoted_string (text, p); | |
5837 | } | |
5838 | } | |
5839 | ||
5840 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (sym_text, name_match_type, true); | |
5841 | ||
5842 | /* Go through symtabs for SRCFILE and check the externs and statics | |
5843 | for symbols which match. */ | |
5844 | iterate_over_symtabs (srcfile, [&] (symtab *s) | |
5845 | { | |
5846 | add_symtab_completions (SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (s), | |
5847 | tracker, mode, lookup_name, | |
5848 | sym_text, word, TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); | |
5849 | return false; | |
5850 | }); | |
5851 | } | |
5852 | ||
5853 | /* A helper function for make_source_files_completion_list. It adds | |
5854 | another file name to a list of possible completions, growing the | |
5855 | list as necessary. */ | |
5856 | ||
5857 | static void | |
5858 | add_filename_to_list (const char *fname, const char *text, const char *word, | |
5859 | completion_list *list) | |
5860 | { | |
5861 | list->emplace_back (make_completion_match_str (fname, text, word)); | |
5862 | } | |
5863 | ||
5864 | static int | |
5865 | not_interesting_fname (const char *fname) | |
5866 | { | |
5867 | static const char *illegal_aliens[] = { | |
5868 | "_globals_", /* inserted by coff_symtab_read */ | |
5869 | NULL | |
5870 | }; | |
5871 | int i; | |
5872 | ||
5873 | for (i = 0; illegal_aliens[i]; i++) | |
5874 | { | |
5875 | if (filename_cmp (fname, illegal_aliens[i]) == 0) | |
5876 | return 1; | |
5877 | } | |
5878 | return 0; | |
5879 | } | |
5880 | ||
5881 | /* An object of this type is passed as the user_data argument to | |
5882 | map_partial_symbol_filenames. */ | |
5883 | struct add_partial_filename_data | |
5884 | { | |
5885 | struct filename_seen_cache *filename_seen_cache; | |
5886 | const char *text; | |
5887 | const char *word; | |
5888 | int text_len; | |
5889 | completion_list *list; | |
5890 | }; | |
5891 | ||
5892 | /* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames. */ | |
5893 | ||
5894 | static void | |
5895 | maybe_add_partial_symtab_filename (const char *filename, const char *fullname, | |
5896 | void *user_data) | |
5897 | { | |
5898 | struct add_partial_filename_data *data | |
5899 | = (struct add_partial_filename_data *) user_data; | |
5900 | ||
5901 | if (not_interesting_fname (filename)) | |
5902 | return; | |
5903 | if (!data->filename_seen_cache->seen (filename) | |
5904 | && filename_ncmp (filename, data->text, data->text_len) == 0) | |
5905 | { | |
5906 | /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the | |
5907 | current list of matches. */ | |
5908 | add_filename_to_list (filename, data->text, data->word, data->list); | |
5909 | } | |
5910 | else | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | const char *base_name = lbasename (filename); | |
5913 | ||
5914 | if (base_name != filename | |
5915 | && !data->filename_seen_cache->seen (base_name) | |
5916 | && filename_ncmp (base_name, data->text, data->text_len) == 0) | |
5917 | add_filename_to_list (base_name, data->text, data->word, data->list); | |
5918 | } | |
5919 | } | |
5920 | ||
5921 | /* Return a list of all source files whose names begin with matching | |
5922 | TEXT. The file names are looked up in the symbol tables of this | |
5923 | program. */ | |
5924 | ||
5925 | completion_list | |
5926 | make_source_files_completion_list (const char *text, const char *word) | |
5927 | { | |
5928 | size_t text_len = strlen (text); | |
5929 | completion_list list; | |
5930 | const char *base_name; | |
5931 | struct add_partial_filename_data datum; | |
5932 | ||
5933 | if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ()) | |
5934 | return list; | |
5935 | ||
5936 | filename_seen_cache filenames_seen; | |
5937 | ||
5938 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
5939 | { | |
5940 | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) | |
5941 | { | |
5942 | for (symtab *s : compunit_filetabs (cu)) | |
5943 | { | |
5944 | if (not_interesting_fname (s->filename)) | |
5945 | continue; | |
5946 | if (!filenames_seen.seen (s->filename) | |
5947 | && filename_ncmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0) | |
5948 | { | |
5949 | /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the current | |
5950 | list of matches. */ | |
5951 | add_filename_to_list (s->filename, text, word, &list); | |
5952 | } | |
5953 | else | |
5954 | { | |
5955 | /* NOTE: We allow the user to type a base name when the | |
5956 | debug info records leading directories, but not the other | |
5957 | way around. This is what subroutines of breakpoint | |
5958 | command do when they parse file names. */ | |
5959 | base_name = lbasename (s->filename); | |
5960 | if (base_name != s->filename | |
5961 | && !filenames_seen.seen (base_name) | |
5962 | && filename_ncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0) | |
5963 | add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word, &list); | |
5964 | } | |
5965 | } | |
5966 | } | |
5967 | } | |
5968 | ||
5969 | datum.filename_seen_cache = &filenames_seen; | |
5970 | datum.text = text; | |
5971 | datum.word = word; | |
5972 | datum.text_len = text_len; | |
5973 | datum.list = &list; | |
5974 | map_symbol_filenames (maybe_add_partial_symtab_filename, &datum, | |
5975 | 0 /*need_fullname*/); | |
5976 | ||
5977 | return list; | |
5978 | } | |
5979 | \f | |
5980 | /* Track MAIN */ | |
5981 | ||
5982 | /* Return the "main_info" object for the current program space. If | |
5983 | the object has not yet been created, create it and fill in some | |
5984 | default values. */ | |
5985 | ||
5986 | static struct main_info * | |
5987 | get_main_info (void) | |
5988 | { | |
5989 | struct main_info *info = main_progspace_key.get (current_program_space); | |
5990 | ||
5991 | if (info == NULL) | |
5992 | { | |
5993 | /* It may seem strange to store the main name in the progspace | |
5994 | and also in whatever objfile happens to see a main name in | |
5995 | its debug info. The reason for this is mainly historical: | |
5996 | gdb returned "main" as the name even if no function named | |
5997 | "main" was defined the program; and this approach lets us | |
5998 | keep compatibility. */ | |
5999 | info = main_progspace_key.emplace (current_program_space); | |
6000 | } | |
6001 | ||
6002 | return info; | |
6003 | } | |
6004 | ||
6005 | static void | |
6006 | set_main_name (const char *name, enum language lang) | |
6007 | { | |
6008 | struct main_info *info = get_main_info (); | |
6009 | ||
6010 | if (info->name_of_main != NULL) | |
6011 | { | |
6012 | xfree (info->name_of_main); | |
6013 | info->name_of_main = NULL; | |
6014 | info->language_of_main = language_unknown; | |
6015 | } | |
6016 | if (name != NULL) | |
6017 | { | |
6018 | info->name_of_main = xstrdup (name); | |
6019 | info->language_of_main = lang; | |
6020 | } | |
6021 | } | |
6022 | ||
6023 | /* Deduce the name of the main procedure, and set NAME_OF_MAIN | |
6024 | accordingly. */ | |
6025 | ||
6026 | static void | |
6027 | find_main_name (void) | |
6028 | { | |
6029 | const char *new_main_name; | |
6030 | ||
6031 | /* First check the objfiles to see whether a debuginfo reader has | |
6032 | picked up the appropriate main name. Historically the main name | |
6033 | was found in a more or less random way; this approach instead | |
6034 | relies on the order of objfile creation -- which still isn't | |
6035 | guaranteed to get the correct answer, but is just probably more | |
6036 | accurate. */ | |
6037 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
6038 | { | |
6039 | if (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main != NULL) | |
6040 | { | |
6041 | set_main_name (objfile->per_bfd->name_of_main, | |
6042 | objfile->per_bfd->language_of_main); | |
6043 | return; | |
6044 | } | |
6045 | } | |
6046 | ||
6047 | /* Try to see if the main procedure is in Ada. */ | |
6048 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-03-07: Another way of doing this would | |
6049 | be to add a new method in the language vector, and call this | |
6050 | method for each language until one of them returns a non-empty | |
6051 | name. This would allow us to remove this hard-coded call to | |
6052 | an Ada function. It is not clear that this is a better approach | |
6053 | at this point, because all methods need to be written in a way | |
6054 | such that false positives never be returned. For instance, it is | |
6055 | important that a method does not return a wrong name for the main | |
6056 | procedure if the main procedure is actually written in a different | |
6057 | language. It is easy to guaranty this with Ada, since we use a | |
6058 | special symbol generated only when the main in Ada to find the name | |
6059 | of the main procedure. It is difficult however to see how this can | |
6060 | be guarantied for languages such as C, for instance. This suggests | |
6061 | that order of call for these methods becomes important, which means | |
6062 | a more complicated approach. */ | |
6063 | new_main_name = ada_main_name (); | |
6064 | if (new_main_name != NULL) | |
6065 | { | |
6066 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_ada); | |
6067 | return; | |
6068 | } | |
6069 | ||
6070 | new_main_name = d_main_name (); | |
6071 | if (new_main_name != NULL) | |
6072 | { | |
6073 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_d); | |
6074 | return; | |
6075 | } | |
6076 | ||
6077 | new_main_name = go_main_name (); | |
6078 | if (new_main_name != NULL) | |
6079 | { | |
6080 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_go); | |
6081 | return; | |
6082 | } | |
6083 | ||
6084 | new_main_name = pascal_main_name (); | |
6085 | if (new_main_name != NULL) | |
6086 | { | |
6087 | set_main_name (new_main_name, language_pascal); | |
6088 | return; | |
6089 | } | |
6090 | ||
6091 | /* The languages above didn't identify the name of the main procedure. | |
6092 | Fallback to "main". */ | |
6093 | set_main_name ("main", language_unknown); | |
6094 | } | |
6095 | ||
6096 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6097 | ||
6098 | const char * | |
6099 | main_name () | |
6100 | { | |
6101 | struct main_info *info = get_main_info (); | |
6102 | ||
6103 | if (info->name_of_main == NULL) | |
6104 | find_main_name (); | |
6105 | ||
6106 | return info->name_of_main; | |
6107 | } | |
6108 | ||
6109 | /* Return the language of the main function. If it is not known, | |
6110 | return language_unknown. */ | |
6111 | ||
6112 | enum language | |
6113 | main_language (void) | |
6114 | { | |
6115 | struct main_info *info = get_main_info (); | |
6116 | ||
6117 | if (info->name_of_main == NULL) | |
6118 | find_main_name (); | |
6119 | ||
6120 | return info->language_of_main; | |
6121 | } | |
6122 | ||
6123 | /* Handle ``executable_changed'' events for the symtab module. */ | |
6124 | ||
6125 | static void | |
6126 | symtab_observer_executable_changed (void) | |
6127 | { | |
6128 | /* NAME_OF_MAIN may no longer be the same, so reset it for now. */ | |
6129 | set_main_name (NULL, language_unknown); | |
6130 | } | |
6131 | ||
6132 | /* Return 1 if the supplied producer string matches the ARM RealView | |
6133 | compiler (armcc). */ | |
6134 | ||
6135 | bool | |
6136 | producer_is_realview (const char *producer) | |
6137 | { | |
6138 | static const char *const arm_idents[] = { | |
6139 | "ARM C Compiler, ADS", | |
6140 | "Thumb C Compiler, ADS", | |
6141 | "ARM C++ Compiler, ADS", | |
6142 | "Thumb C++ Compiler, ADS", | |
6143 | "ARM/Thumb C/C++ Compiler, RVCT", | |
6144 | "ARM C/C++ Compiler, RVCT" | |
6145 | }; | |
6146 | int i; | |
6147 | ||
6148 | if (producer == NULL) | |
6149 | return false; | |
6150 | ||
6151 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (arm_idents); i++) | |
6152 | if (startswith (producer, arm_idents[i])) | |
6153 | return true; | |
6154 | ||
6155 | return false; | |
6156 | } | |
6157 | ||
6158 | \f | |
6159 | ||
6160 | /* The next index to hand out in response to a registration request. */ | |
6161 | ||
6162 | static int next_aclass_value = LOC_FINAL_VALUE; | |
6163 | ||
6164 | /* The maximum number of "aclass" registrations we support. This is | |
6165 | constant for convenience. */ | |
6166 | #define MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS (LOC_FINAL_VALUE + 10) | |
6167 | ||
6168 | /* The objects representing the various "aclass" values. The elements | |
6169 | from 0 up to LOC_FINAL_VALUE-1 represent themselves, and subsequent | |
6170 | elements are those registered at gdb initialization time. */ | |
6171 | ||
6172 | static struct symbol_impl symbol_impl[MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS]; | |
6173 | ||
6174 | /* The globally visible pointer. This is separate from 'symbol_impl' | |
6175 | so that it can be const. */ | |
6176 | ||
6177 | const struct symbol_impl *symbol_impls = &symbol_impl[0]; | |
6178 | ||
6179 | /* Make sure we saved enough room in struct symbol. */ | |
6180 | ||
6181 | gdb_static_assert (MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS <= (1 << SYMBOL_ACLASS_BITS)); | |
6182 | ||
6183 | /* Register a computed symbol type. ACLASS must be LOC_COMPUTED. OPS | |
6184 | is the ops vector associated with this index. This returns the new | |
6185 | index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols | |
6186 | of this type. */ | |
6187 | ||
6188 | int | |
6189 | register_symbol_computed_impl (enum address_class aclass, | |
6190 | const struct symbol_computed_ops *ops) | |
6191 | { | |
6192 | int result = next_aclass_value++; | |
6193 | ||
6194 | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_COMPUTED); | |
6195 | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); | |
6196 | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; | |
6197 | symbol_impl[result].ops_computed = ops; | |
6198 | ||
6199 | /* Sanity check OPS. */ | |
6200 | gdb_assert (ops != NULL); | |
6201 | gdb_assert (ops->tracepoint_var_ref != NULL); | |
6202 | gdb_assert (ops->describe_location != NULL); | |
6203 | gdb_assert (ops->get_symbol_read_needs != NULL); | |
6204 | gdb_assert (ops->read_variable != NULL); | |
6205 | ||
6206 | return result; | |
6207 | } | |
6208 | ||
6209 | /* Register a function with frame base type. ACLASS must be LOC_BLOCK. | |
6210 | OPS is the ops vector associated with this index. This returns the | |
6211 | new index, which should be used as the aclass_index field for symbols | |
6212 | of this type. */ | |
6213 | ||
6214 | int | |
6215 | register_symbol_block_impl (enum address_class aclass, | |
6216 | const struct symbol_block_ops *ops) | |
6217 | { | |
6218 | int result = next_aclass_value++; | |
6219 | ||
6220 | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_BLOCK); | |
6221 | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); | |
6222 | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; | |
6223 | symbol_impl[result].ops_block = ops; | |
6224 | ||
6225 | /* Sanity check OPS. */ | |
6226 | gdb_assert (ops != NULL); | |
6227 | gdb_assert (ops->find_frame_base_location != NULL); | |
6228 | ||
6229 | return result; | |
6230 | } | |
6231 | ||
6232 | /* Register a register symbol type. ACLASS must be LOC_REGISTER or | |
6233 | LOC_REGPARM_ADDR. OPS is the register ops vector associated with | |
6234 | this index. This returns the new index, which should be used as | |
6235 | the aclass_index field for symbols of this type. */ | |
6236 | ||
6237 | int | |
6238 | register_symbol_register_impl (enum address_class aclass, | |
6239 | const struct symbol_register_ops *ops) | |
6240 | { | |
6241 | int result = next_aclass_value++; | |
6242 | ||
6243 | gdb_assert (aclass == LOC_REGISTER || aclass == LOC_REGPARM_ADDR); | |
6244 | gdb_assert (result < MAX_SYMBOL_IMPLS); | |
6245 | symbol_impl[result].aclass = aclass; | |
6246 | symbol_impl[result].ops_register = ops; | |
6247 | ||
6248 | return result; | |
6249 | } | |
6250 | ||
6251 | /* Initialize elements of 'symbol_impl' for the constants in enum | |
6252 | address_class. */ | |
6253 | ||
6254 | static void | |
6255 | initialize_ordinary_address_classes (void) | |
6256 | { | |
6257 | int i; | |
6258 | ||
6259 | for (i = 0; i < LOC_FINAL_VALUE; ++i) | |
6260 | symbol_impl[i].aclass = (enum address_class) i; | |
6261 | } | |
6262 | ||
6263 | \f | |
6264 | ||
6265 | /* Initialize the symbol SYM, and mark it as being owned by an objfile. */ | |
6266 | ||
6267 | void | |
6268 | initialize_objfile_symbol (struct symbol *sym) | |
6269 | { | |
6270 | SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (sym) = 1; | |
6271 | SYMBOL_SECTION (sym) = -1; | |
6272 | } | |
6273 | ||
6274 | /* Allocate and initialize a new 'struct symbol' on OBJFILE's | |
6275 | obstack. */ | |
6276 | ||
6277 | struct symbol * | |
6278 | allocate_symbol (struct objfile *objfile) | |
6279 | { | |
6280 | struct symbol *result = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) symbol (); | |
6281 | ||
6282 | initialize_objfile_symbol (result); | |
6283 | ||
6284 | return result; | |
6285 | } | |
6286 | ||
6287 | /* Allocate and initialize a new 'struct template_symbol' on OBJFILE's | |
6288 | obstack. */ | |
6289 | ||
6290 | struct template_symbol * | |
6291 | allocate_template_symbol (struct objfile *objfile) | |
6292 | { | |
6293 | struct template_symbol *result; | |
6294 | ||
6295 | result = new (&objfile->objfile_obstack) template_symbol (); | |
6296 | initialize_objfile_symbol (result); | |
6297 | ||
6298 | return result; | |
6299 | } | |
6300 | ||
6301 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6302 | ||
6303 | struct objfile * | |
6304 | symbol_objfile (const struct symbol *symbol) | |
6305 | { | |
6306 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)); | |
6307 | return SYMTAB_OBJFILE (symbol->owner.symtab); | |
6308 | } | |
6309 | ||
6310 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6311 | ||
6312 | struct gdbarch * | |
6313 | symbol_arch (const struct symbol *symbol) | |
6314 | { | |
6315 | if (!SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)) | |
6316 | return symbol->owner.arch; | |
6317 | return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (symbol->owner.symtab)); | |
6318 | } | |
6319 | ||
6320 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6321 | ||
6322 | struct symtab * | |
6323 | symbol_symtab (const struct symbol *symbol) | |
6324 | { | |
6325 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)); | |
6326 | return symbol->owner.symtab; | |
6327 | } | |
6328 | ||
6329 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6330 | ||
6331 | void | |
6332 | symbol_set_symtab (struct symbol *symbol, struct symtab *symtab) | |
6333 | { | |
6334 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (symbol)); | |
6335 | symbol->owner.symtab = symtab; | |
6336 | } | |
6337 | ||
6338 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6339 | ||
6340 | CORE_ADDR | |
6341 | get_symbol_address (const struct symbol *sym) | |
6342 | { | |
6343 | gdb_assert (sym->maybe_copied); | |
6344 | gdb_assert (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_STATIC); | |
6345 | ||
6346 | const char *linkage_name = sym->linkage_name (); | |
6347 | ||
6348 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
6349 | { | |
6350 | bound_minimal_symbol minsym | |
6351 | = lookup_minimal_symbol_linkage (linkage_name, objfile); | |
6352 | if (minsym.minsym != nullptr) | |
6353 | return BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (minsym); | |
6354 | } | |
6355 | return sym->value.address; | |
6356 | } | |
6357 | ||
6358 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6359 | ||
6360 | CORE_ADDR | |
6361 | get_msymbol_address (struct objfile *objf, const struct minimal_symbol *minsym) | |
6362 | { | |
6363 | gdb_assert (minsym->maybe_copied); | |
6364 | gdb_assert ((objf->flags & OBJF_MAINLINE) == 0); | |
6365 | ||
6366 | const char *linkage_name = minsym->linkage_name (); | |
6367 | ||
6368 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) | |
6369 | { | |
6370 | if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_MAINLINE) != 0) | |
6371 | { | |
6372 | bound_minimal_symbol found | |
6373 | = lookup_minimal_symbol_linkage (linkage_name, objfile); | |
6374 | if (found.minsym != nullptr) | |
6375 | return BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (found); | |
6376 | } | |
6377 | } | |
6378 | return minsym->value.address + objf->section_offsets[minsym->section]; | |
6379 | } | |
6380 | ||
6381 | \f | |
6382 | ||
6383 | /* Hold the sub-commands of 'info module'. */ | |
6384 | ||
6385 | static struct cmd_list_element *info_module_cmdlist = NULL; | |
6386 | ||
6387 | /* Implement the 'info module' command, just displays some help text for | |
6388 | the available sub-commands. */ | |
6389 | ||
6390 | static void | |
6391 | info_module_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
6392 | { | |
6393 | help_list (info_module_cmdlist, "info module ", class_info, gdb_stdout); | |
6394 | } | |
6395 | ||
6396 | /* See symtab.h. */ | |
6397 | ||
6398 | std::vector<module_symbol_search> | |
6399 | search_module_symbols (const char *module_regexp, const char *regexp, | |
6400 | const char *type_regexp, search_domain kind) | |
6401 | { | |
6402 | std::vector<module_symbol_search> results; | |
6403 | ||
6404 | /* Search for all modules matching MODULE_REGEXP. */ | |
6405 | global_symbol_searcher spec1 (MODULES_DOMAIN, module_regexp); | |
6406 | spec1.set_exclude_minsyms (true); | |
6407 | std::vector<symbol_search> modules = spec1.search (); | |
6408 | ||
6409 | /* Now search for all symbols of the required KIND matching the required | |
6410 | regular expressions. We figure out which ones are in which modules | |
6411 | below. */ | |
6412 | global_symbol_searcher spec2 (kind, regexp); | |
6413 | spec2.set_symbol_type_regexp (type_regexp); | |
6414 | spec2.set_exclude_minsyms (true); | |
6415 | std::vector<symbol_search> symbols = spec2.search (); | |
6416 | ||
6417 | /* Now iterate over all MODULES, checking to see which items from | |
6418 | SYMBOLS are in each module. */ | |
6419 | for (const symbol_search &p : modules) | |
6420 | { | |
6421 | QUIT; | |
6422 | ||
6423 | /* This is a module. */ | |
6424 | gdb_assert (p.symbol != nullptr); | |
6425 | ||
6426 | std::string prefix = p.symbol->print_name (); | |
6427 | prefix += "::"; | |
6428 | ||
6429 | for (const symbol_search &q : symbols) | |
6430 | { | |
6431 | if (q.symbol == nullptr) | |
6432 | continue; | |
6433 | ||
6434 | if (strncmp (q.symbol->print_name (), prefix.c_str (), | |
6435 | prefix.size ()) != 0) | |
6436 | continue; | |
6437 | ||
6438 | results.push_back ({p, q}); | |
6439 | } | |
6440 | } | |
6441 | ||
6442 | return results; | |
6443 | } | |
6444 | ||
6445 | /* Implement the core of both 'info module functions' and 'info module | |
6446 | variables'. */ | |
6447 | ||
6448 | static void | |
6449 | info_module_subcommand (bool quiet, const char *module_regexp, | |
6450 | const char *regexp, const char *type_regexp, | |
6451 | search_domain kind) | |
6452 | { | |
6453 | /* Print a header line. Don't build the header line bit by bit as this | |
6454 | prevents internationalisation. */ | |
6455 | if (!quiet) | |
6456 | { | |
6457 | if (module_regexp == nullptr) | |
6458 | { | |
6459 | if (type_regexp == nullptr) | |
6460 | { | |
6461 | if (regexp == nullptr) | |
6462 | printf_filtered ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6463 | ? _("All variables in all modules:") | |
6464 | : _("All functions in all modules:"))); | |
6465 | else | |
6466 | printf_filtered | |
6467 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6468 | ? _("All variables matching regular expression" | |
6469 | " \"%s\" in all modules:") | |
6470 | : _("All functions matching regular expression" | |
6471 | " \"%s\" in all modules:")), | |
6472 | regexp); | |
6473 | } | |
6474 | else | |
6475 | { | |
6476 | if (regexp == nullptr) | |
6477 | printf_filtered | |
6478 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6479 | ? _("All variables with type matching regular " | |
6480 | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:") | |
6481 | : _("All functions with type matching regular " | |
6482 | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:")), | |
6483 | type_regexp); | |
6484 | else | |
6485 | printf_filtered | |
6486 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6487 | ? _("All variables matching regular expression " | |
6488 | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular " | |
6489 | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:") | |
6490 | : _("All functions matching regular expression " | |
6491 | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular " | |
6492 | "expression \"%s\" in all modules:")), | |
6493 | regexp, type_regexp); | |
6494 | } | |
6495 | } | |
6496 | else | |
6497 | { | |
6498 | if (type_regexp == nullptr) | |
6499 | { | |
6500 | if (regexp == nullptr) | |
6501 | printf_filtered | |
6502 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6503 | ? _("All variables in all modules matching regular " | |
6504 | "expression \"%s\":") | |
6505 | : _("All functions in all modules matching regular " | |
6506 | "expression \"%s\":")), | |
6507 | module_regexp); | |
6508 | else | |
6509 | printf_filtered | |
6510 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6511 | ? _("All variables matching regular expression " | |
6512 | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | |
6513 | "expression \"%s\":") | |
6514 | : _("All functions matching regular expression " | |
6515 | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | |
6516 | "expression \"%s\":")), | |
6517 | regexp, module_regexp); | |
6518 | } | |
6519 | else | |
6520 | { | |
6521 | if (regexp == nullptr) | |
6522 | printf_filtered | |
6523 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6524 | ? _("All variables with type matching regular " | |
6525 | "expression \"%s\"\n\tin all modules matching " | |
6526 | "regular expression \"%s\":") | |
6527 | : _("All functions with type matching regular " | |
6528 | "expression \"%s\"\n\tin all modules matching " | |
6529 | "regular expression \"%s\":")), | |
6530 | type_regexp, module_regexp); | |
6531 | else | |
6532 | printf_filtered | |
6533 | ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN | |
6534 | ? _("All variables matching regular expression " | |
6535 | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular expression " | |
6536 | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | |
6537 | "expression \"%s\":") | |
6538 | : _("All functions matching regular expression " | |
6539 | "\"%s\",\n\twith type matching regular expression " | |
6540 | "\"%s\",\n\tin all modules matching regular " | |
6541 | "expression \"%s\":")), | |
6542 | regexp, type_regexp, module_regexp); | |
6543 | } | |
6544 | } | |
6545 | printf_filtered ("\n"); | |
6546 | } | |
6547 | ||
6548 | /* Find all symbols of type KIND matching the given regular expressions | |
6549 | along with the symbols for the modules in which those symbols | |
6550 | reside. */ | |
6551 | std::vector<module_symbol_search> module_symbols | |
6552 | = search_module_symbols (module_regexp, regexp, type_regexp, kind); | |
6553 | ||
6554 | std::sort (module_symbols.begin (), module_symbols.end (), | |
6555 | [] (const module_symbol_search &a, const module_symbol_search &b) | |
6556 | { | |
6557 | if (a.first < b.first) | |
6558 | return true; | |
6559 | else if (a.first == b.first) | |
6560 | return a.second < b.second; | |
6561 | else | |
6562 | return false; | |
6563 | }); | |
6564 | ||
6565 | const char *last_filename = ""; | |
6566 | const symbol *last_module_symbol = nullptr; | |
6567 | for (const module_symbol_search &ms : module_symbols) | |
6568 | { | |
6569 | const symbol_search &p = ms.first; | |
6570 | const symbol_search &q = ms.second; | |
6571 | ||
6572 | gdb_assert (q.symbol != nullptr); | |
6573 | ||
6574 | if (last_module_symbol != p.symbol) | |
6575 | { | |
6576 | printf_filtered ("\n"); | |
6577 | printf_filtered (_("Module \"%s\":\n"), p.symbol->print_name ()); | |
6578 | last_module_symbol = p.symbol; | |
6579 | last_filename = ""; | |
6580 | } | |
6581 | ||
6582 | print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, q.symbol, q.block, | |
6583 | last_filename); | |
6584 | last_filename | |
6585 | = symtab_to_filename_for_display (symbol_symtab (q.symbol)); | |
6586 | } | |
6587 | } | |
6588 | ||
6589 | /* Hold the option values for the 'info module .....' sub-commands. */ | |
6590 | ||
6591 | struct info_modules_var_func_options | |
6592 | { | |
6593 | bool quiet = false; | |
6594 | char *type_regexp = nullptr; | |
6595 | char *module_regexp = nullptr; | |
6596 | ||
6597 | ~info_modules_var_func_options () | |
6598 | { | |
6599 | xfree (type_regexp); | |
6600 | xfree (module_regexp); | |
6601 | } | |
6602 | }; | |
6603 | ||
6604 | /* The options used by 'info module variables' and 'info module functions' | |
6605 | commands. */ | |
6606 | ||
6607 | static const gdb::option::option_def info_modules_var_func_options_defs [] = { | |
6608 | gdb::option::boolean_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> { | |
6609 | "q", | |
6610 | [] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->quiet; }, | |
6611 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
6612 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
6613 | }, | |
6614 | ||
6615 | gdb::option::string_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> { | |
6616 | "t", | |
6617 | [] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->type_regexp; }, | |
6618 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
6619 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
6620 | }, | |
6621 | ||
6622 | gdb::option::string_option_def<info_modules_var_func_options> { | |
6623 | "m", | |
6624 | [] (info_modules_var_func_options *opt) { return &opt->module_regexp; }, | |
6625 | nullptr, /* show_cmd_cb */ | |
6626 | nullptr /* set_doc */ | |
6627 | } | |
6628 | }; | |
6629 | ||
6630 | /* Return the option group used by the 'info module ...' sub-commands. */ | |
6631 | ||
6632 | static inline gdb::option::option_def_group | |
6633 | make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group | |
6634 | (info_modules_var_func_options *opts) | |
6635 | { | |
6636 | return {{info_modules_var_func_options_defs}, opts}; | |
6637 | } | |
6638 | ||
6639 | /* Implements the 'info module functions' command. */ | |
6640 | ||
6641 | static void | |
6642 | info_module_functions_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
6643 | { | |
6644 | info_modules_var_func_options opts; | |
6645 | auto grp = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (&opts); | |
6646 | gdb::option::process_options | |
6647 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | |
6648 | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | |
6649 | args = nullptr; | |
6650 | ||
6651 | info_module_subcommand (opts.quiet, opts.module_regexp, args, | |
6652 | opts.type_regexp, FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN); | |
6653 | } | |
6654 | ||
6655 | /* Implements the 'info module variables' command. */ | |
6656 | ||
6657 | static void | |
6658 | info_module_variables_command (const char *args, int from_tty) | |
6659 | { | |
6660 | info_modules_var_func_options opts; | |
6661 | auto grp = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (&opts); | |
6662 | gdb::option::process_options | |
6663 | (&args, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, grp); | |
6664 | if (args != nullptr && *args == '\0') | |
6665 | args = nullptr; | |
6666 | ||
6667 | info_module_subcommand (opts.quiet, opts.module_regexp, args, | |
6668 | opts.type_regexp, VARIABLES_DOMAIN); | |
6669 | } | |
6670 | ||
6671 | /* Command completer for 'info module ...' sub-commands. */ | |
6672 | ||
6673 | static void | |
6674 | info_module_var_func_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element *ignore, | |
6675 | completion_tracker &tracker, | |
6676 | const char *text, | |
6677 | const char * /* word */) | |
6678 | { | |
6679 | ||
6680 | const auto group = make_info_modules_var_func_options_def_group (nullptr); | |
6681 | if (gdb::option::complete_options | |
6682 | (tracker, &text, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND, group)) | |
6683 | return; | |
6684 | ||
6685 | const char *word = advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker, text); | |
6686 | symbol_completer (ignore, tracker, text, word); | |
6687 | } | |
6688 | ||
6689 | \f | |
6690 | ||
6691 | void _initialize_symtab (); | |
6692 | void | |
6693 | _initialize_symtab () | |
6694 | { | |
6695 | cmd_list_element *c; | |
6696 | ||
6697 | initialize_ordinary_address_classes (); | |
6698 | ||
6699 | c = add_info ("variables", info_variables_command, | |
6700 | info_print_args_help (_("\ | |
6701 | All global and static variable names or those matching REGEXPs.\n\ | |
6702 | Usage: info variables [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\ | |
6703 | Prints the global and static variables.\n"), | |
6704 | _("global and static variables"), | |
6705 | true)); | |
6706 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer); | |
6707 | if (dbx_commands) | |
6708 | { | |
6709 | c = add_com ("whereis", class_info, info_variables_command, | |
6710 | info_print_args_help (_("\ | |
6711 | All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXPs.\n\ | |
6712 | Usage: whereis [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\ | |
6713 | Prints the global and static variables.\n"), | |
6714 | _("global and static variables"), | |
6715 | true)); | |
6716 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer); | |
6717 | } | |
6718 | ||
6719 | c = add_info ("functions", info_functions_command, | |
6720 | info_print_args_help (_("\ | |
6721 | All function names or those matching REGEXPs.\n\ | |
6722 | Usage: info functions [-q] [-n] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [NAMEREGEXP]\n\ | |
6723 | Prints the functions.\n"), | |
6724 | _("functions"), | |
6725 | true)); | |
6726 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_vars_funcs_command_completer); | |
6727 | ||
6728 | c = add_info ("types", info_types_command, _("\ | |
6729 | All type names, or those matching REGEXP.\n\ | |
6730 | Usage: info types [-q] [REGEXP]\n\ | |
6731 | Print information about all types matching REGEXP, or all types if no\n\ | |
6732 | REGEXP is given. The optional flag -q disables printing of headers.")); | |
6733 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_types_command_completer); | |
6734 | ||
6735 | const auto info_sources_opts = make_info_sources_options_def_group (nullptr); | |
6736 | ||
6737 | static std::string info_sources_help | |
6738 | = gdb::option::build_help (_("\ | |
6739 | All source files in the program or those matching REGEXP.\n\ | |
6740 | Usage: info sources [OPTION]... [REGEXP]\n\ | |
6741 | By default, REGEXP is used to match anywhere in the filename.\n\ | |
6742 | \n\ | |
6743 | Options:\n\ | |
6744 | %OPTIONS%"), | |
6745 | info_sources_opts); | |
6746 | ||
6747 | c = add_info ("sources", info_sources_command, info_sources_help.c_str ()); | |
6748 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_sources_command_completer); | |
6749 | ||
6750 | c = add_info ("modules", info_modules_command, | |
6751 | _("All module names, or those matching REGEXP.")); | |
6752 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c, info_types_command_completer); | |
6753 | ||
6754 | add_prefix_cmd ("module", class_info, info_module_command, _("\ | |
6755 | Print information about modules."), | |
6756 | &info_module_cmdlist, "info module ", | |
6757 | 0, &infolist); | |
6758 | ||
6759 | c = add_cmd ("functions", class_info, info_module_functions_command, _("\ | |
6760 | Display functions arranged by modules.\n\ | |
6761 | Usage: info module functions [-q] [-m MODREGEXP] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [REGEXP]\n\ | |
6762 | Print a summary of all functions within each Fortran module, grouped by\n\ | |
6763 | module and file. For each function the line on which the function is\n\ | |
6764 | defined is given along with the type signature and name of the function.\n\ | |
6765 | \n\ | |
6766 | If REGEXP is provided then only functions whose name matches REGEXP are\n\ | |
6767 | listed. If MODREGEXP is provided then only functions in modules matching\n\ | |
6768 | MODREGEXP are listed. If TYPEREGEXP is given then only functions whose\n\ | |
6769 | type signature matches TYPEREGEXP are listed.\n\ | |
6770 | \n\ | |
6771 | The -q flag suppresses printing some header information."), | |
6772 | &info_module_cmdlist); | |
6773 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars | |
6774 | (c, info_module_var_func_command_completer); | |
6775 | ||
6776 | c = add_cmd ("variables", class_info, info_module_variables_command, _("\ | |
6777 | Display variables arranged by modules.\n\ | |
6778 | Usage: info module variables [-q] [-m MODREGEXP] [-t TYPEREGEXP] [REGEXP]\n\ | |
6779 | Print a summary of all variables within each Fortran module, grouped by\n\ | |
6780 | module and file. For each variable the line on which the variable is\n\ | |
6781 | defined is given along with the type and name of the variable.\n\ | |
6782 | \n\ | |
6783 | If REGEXP is provided then only variables whose name matches REGEXP are\n\ | |
6784 | listed. If MODREGEXP is provided then only variables in modules matching\n\ | |
6785 | MODREGEXP are listed. If TYPEREGEXP is given then only variables whose\n\ | |
6786 | type matches TYPEREGEXP are listed.\n\ | |
6787 | \n\ | |
6788 | The -q flag suppresses printing some header information."), | |
6789 | &info_module_cmdlist); | |
6790 | set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars | |
6791 | (c, info_module_var_func_command_completer); | |
6792 | ||
6793 | add_com ("rbreak", class_breakpoint, rbreak_command, | |
6794 | _("Set a breakpoint for all functions matching REGEXP.")); | |
6795 | ||
6796 | add_setshow_enum_cmd ("multiple-symbols", no_class, | |
6797 | multiple_symbols_modes, &multiple_symbols_mode, | |
6798 | _("\ | |
6799 | Set how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\ | |
6800 | Show how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\ | |
6801 | Valid values are \"ask\", \"all\", \"cancel\", and the default is \"all\"."), | |
6802 | NULL, NULL, &setlist, &showlist); | |
6803 | ||
6804 | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("basenames-may-differ", class_obscure, | |
6805 | &basenames_may_differ, _("\ | |
6806 | Set whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\ | |
6807 | Show whether a source file may have multiple base names."), _("\ | |
6808 | (A \"base name\" is the name of a file with the directory part removed.\n\ | |
6809 | Example: The base name of \"/home/user/hello.c\" is \"hello.c\".)\n\ | |
6810 | If set, GDB will canonicalize file names (e.g., expand symlinks)\n\ | |
6811 | before comparing them. Canonicalization is an expensive operation,\n\ | |
6812 | but it allows the same file be known by more than one base name.\n\ | |
6813 | If not set (the default), all source files are assumed to have just\n\ | |
6814 | one base name, and gdb will do file name comparisons more efficiently."), | |
6815 | NULL, NULL, | |
6816 | &setlist, &showlist); | |
6817 | ||
6818 | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symtab-create", no_class, &symtab_create_debug, | |
6819 | _("Set debugging of symbol table creation."), | |
6820 | _("Show debugging of symbol table creation."), _("\ | |
6821 | When enabled (non-zero), debugging messages are printed when building\n\ | |
6822 | symbol tables. A value of 1 (one) normally provides enough information.\n\ | |
6823 | A value greater than 1 provides more verbose information."), | |
6824 | NULL, | |
6825 | NULL, | |
6826 | &setdebuglist, &showdebuglist); | |
6827 | ||
6828 | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-lookup", no_class, &symbol_lookup_debug, | |
6829 | _("\ | |
6830 | Set debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\ | |
6831 | Show debugging of symbol lookup."), _("\ | |
6832 | When enabled (non-zero), symbol lookups are logged."), | |
6833 | NULL, NULL, | |
6834 | &setdebuglist, &showdebuglist); | |
6835 | ||
6836 | add_setshow_zuinteger_cmd ("symbol-cache-size", no_class, | |
6837 | &new_symbol_cache_size, | |
6838 | _("Set the size of the symbol cache."), | |
6839 | _("Show the size of the symbol cache."), _("\ | |
6840 | The size of the symbol cache.\n\ | |
6841 | If zero then the symbol cache is disabled."), | |
6842 | set_symbol_cache_size_handler, NULL, | |
6843 | &maintenance_set_cmdlist, | |
6844 | &maintenance_show_cmdlist); | |
6845 | ||
6846 | add_cmd ("symbol-cache", class_maintenance, maintenance_print_symbol_cache, | |
6847 | _("Dump the symbol cache for each program space."), | |
6848 | &maintenanceprintlist); | |
6849 | ||
6850 | add_cmd ("symbol-cache-statistics", class_maintenance, | |
6851 | maintenance_print_symbol_cache_statistics, | |
6852 | _("Print symbol cache statistics for each program space."), | |
6853 | &maintenanceprintlist); | |
6854 | ||
6855 | add_cmd ("flush-symbol-cache", class_maintenance, | |
6856 | maintenance_flush_symbol_cache, | |
6857 | _("Flush the symbol cache for each program space."), | |
6858 | &maintenancelist); | |
6859 | ||
6860 | gdb::observers::executable_changed.attach (symtab_observer_executable_changed); | |
6861 | gdb::observers::new_objfile.attach (symtab_new_objfile_observer); | |
6862 | gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (symtab_free_objfile_observer); | |
6863 | } |